Tax Notes logo

Rev. Proc. 86-37

OCT. 6, 1986

Rev. Proc. 86-37; 1986-2 C.B. 597

DATED OCT. 6, 1986
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Citations: Rev. Proc. 86-37; 1986-2 C.B. 597

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 87-62

Rev. Proc. 86-37

                              CONTENTS

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

 

 

     SECTION 1. PURPOSE

 

     SECTION 2. BACKGROUND-PRIOR YEAR CHANGES (TAX YEAR 1985)

 

     SECTION 3. NATURE OF CHANGES-CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1986)

 

     SECTION 4. WAGE AND PENSION INFORMATION-FILED WITH SSA

 

     SECTION 5. APPLICATION FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING AND

 

                 REQUESTS FOR UNDUE HARDSHIP WAIVERS

 

     SECTION 6. FILING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTS AND RETENTION

 

                 REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 7. FILING DATES

 

     SECTION 8. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

 

     SECTION 9. PROCESSING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA RETURNS

 

     SECTION 10. HOW TO FILE CORRECTED RETURNS

 

     SECTION 11. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

 

     SECTION 12. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

     SECTION 13. TO CONTACT THE IRS NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER

 

     SECTION 14. COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING

 

     SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

 

     SECTION 16. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE STATE AND COUNTRY ABBREVIATIONS

 

 

PART B. CASSETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. RECORD LENGTH

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

     SECTION 4. PAYEE "B" RECORD-GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

     SECTION 5. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

     SECTION 6. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

PART C. BURROUGHS SUPER MINIDISK SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 4. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL

 

                 FORMS

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098,

 

                 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID,

 

                 1099 PATR, 1099 R, AND 5498

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORMS 1098,

 

                 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID,

 

                 1099 PATR, 1099 R, AND 5498

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 A

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM 1099 A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 B

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM 1099 B

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W 2G

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORM W 2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

     SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

     SECTION 16. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 17. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

     SECTION 18. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART D. BURROUGHS SUPER MINIDISK SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. THROUGH 18. __ SEE PART C, SECTION 2. THROUGH

 

                               SECTION 18.

 

 

NOTE: THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE MAY ONLY BE USED TO PREPARE CASSETTE OR MINIDISK SUBMISSIONS FOR TAX YEAR 1986 RETURNS. UPDATED COPIES ARE PUBLISHED EACH YEAR. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY. PERSONS REQUIRED TO FILE MAY BE SUBJECT TO PENALTIES FOR FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE. THESE INCLUDE PENALTIES OF $50 PER DOCUMENT FOR EACH DOCUMENT SUBMITTED WITHOUT A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) OR WITH AN INCORRECT TIN. YOU MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO AN ADDITIONAL $50 PENALTY PER DOCUMENT FOR EACH DOCUMENT NOT SUBMITTED ON MAGNETIC MEDIA IF YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FILE THIS WAY OR IF YOU FILE LATE. THE MAXIMUM PENALTY IS $50,000 (THERE IS NO MAXIMUM FOR CERTAIN FORMS 1099 INT, 1099 DIV, 1099 OID, 1099 PATR, 5498, OR IF THE FAILURE TO FILE IS DUE TO INTENTIONAL DISREGARD OF THE FILING REQUIREMENTS). IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ERRONEOUS NOTICES BEING MAILED TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED.

PART A. -- GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the requirements and conditions for filing information return Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W 2G on cassette or mini-disk. Other revenue procedures provide instructions for filing on magnetic tape and magnetic diskette. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE IS TO BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF TAX YEAR 1986 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. THIS PROCEDURE IS UPDATED YEARLY TO REFLECT NECESSARY CHANGES. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this procedure:

(a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

(b) Form 1099 A, Information Return for Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property. (For Mini-Disk only.)

(c) Form 1099 B, Statement for Recipients of Proceeds from Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions. (For Mini-Disk only.)

(d) Form 1099 DIV, Statement for Recipients of Dividends and Distributions.

(e) Form 1099 G, Statement for Recipients of Certain Government Payments.

(f) Form 1099 INT, Statement for Recipients of Interest Income.

(g) Form 1099 MISC, Statement for Recipients of Miscellaneous Income.

(h) Form 1099 OID, Statement for Recipients of Original Issue Discount.

(i) Form 1099 PATR, Statement for Recipients (Patrons) of Taxable Distributions Received From Cooperatives.

(j) Form 1099 R, Statement for Recipients of Total Distributions From Profit-Sharing, Retirement Plans, Individual Retirement Arrangements, Insurance Contracts, Etc.

(k) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information.

(l) Form W 2G, Statement for Recipients of Certain Gambling Winnings. (For Mini-Disk only.)

Specifications for filing Forms 1042S, 6248, 8027, W 2, and W 2P are contained in separate publications.

.02 Section 1.6045-1(l) of the Income Tax Regulations requires brokers and barter exchanges to use magnetic media to report ALL Form 1099 B data to IRS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS. Section 6011(e) of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the Interest and Dividend Tax Compliance Act of 1983, Pub.L. 98-67, 1983-2 C.B. 352, 359, requires that any person, including corporations, partnerships, individuals, estates, and trusts, required to file more than 50 information returns in the aggregate for payments of interest (Forms 1099 INT and 1099 OID), dividends (Form 1099 DIV), or patronage dividends (Form 1099 PATR), for any calendar year, must file such returns on magnetic media. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS. For example, if you must file 30 Forms 1099 DIV and 25 Forms 1099 INT, filing on magnetic media is required. In addition, for returns filed in 1987 (for tax year 1986), magnetic media reporting is required if you file 500 or more of each of the following forms: Forms W 2, W 2P, W 2G, 1098, 1099 A, 1099 G, 1099 MISC, 1099 R, 5498, 1042S, 6248, and 8027. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS. Form W 2c is not included in these filing requirements. The 500 or more requirement for these forms will drop to 250 or more for returns (original or corrected) filed in 1988 (for tax year 1987) and later years. Forms W 2 and W 2P are filed with the Social Security Administration (SSA), NOT Internal Revenue Service (IRS). At this time, corrected returns filed on Form W 2c with SSA are not required on magnetic media. These requirements shall not apply if you establish that it will cause you undue hardship. Refer to Part A, Sec. 5.

.03 This procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for mini-disk filing under the Combined Federal / State Filing Program. Refer to Part A, Sec. 14. Cassette filers may not participate in this program due to the requirement that records on this program must be 360 characters in length. Cassette records cannot exceed 256 characters.

.04 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain information returns:

(a) 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G" provide further information on filing returns with IRS. These instructions are available at IRS offices.

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-24, 1984-1 C.B. 465, regarding preparation of transmittal documents (Forms 1096 and 4804) for information returns.

(c) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(d) Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, and W 2G.

.05 This procedure supersedes the following revenue procedure: Rev. Proc. 85-48, 1985-2, C.B. 607, also published in Publication 1253 (Rev. 9-85), Requirements and Conditions for Filing Information Returns in the Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W 2G Series on Cassette or Mini-Disk.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 15 for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SEC. 2. BACKGROUND-PRIOR YEAR CHANGES (TAX YEAR 1985)

DUE TO NUMEROUS LEGISLATIVE AND FORMS CHANGES BETWEEN TAX YEARS 1984 AND 1985, CHANGES WERE NOT LISTED INDIVIDUALLY UNDER THIS SECTION. THE ENTIRE PUBLICATION WAS REVISED. FOR TAX YEAR 1985, SEE REV.PROC. 85-48, 1985-2 C.B. 607, FOR SPECIFIC CHANGES.

SEC. 3. NATURE OF CHANGES-CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1986)

.01 The following changes must be incorporated into your programs for tax year 1986.

.02 GENERAL CHANGES ARE AS FOLLOWS:

(a) The note on the cover and which follows the table of contents was revised to alert filers that their data should be reviewed for accuracy before submission to prevent erroneous notices to persons for whom reports are filed.

(b) Part A, Section 1.02 lists the forms described in this revenue procedure that must be filed on magnetic media. THESE REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS. Corrected returns filed on Form W 2c with SSA are not required at this time on magnetic media.

(c) A note was added to Part A, Sec. 4.01 to alert filers that applications to file Forms W 2 and W 2P on magnetic media are requested from SSA; however, requests for undue hardship waivers and extensions of time to file Forms W 2 and W 2P on magnetic media are requested from the IRS National Computer Center. Waiver requests for these forms should have been filed by July 31, 1986, for tax year 1986 for returns to be filed in 1987.

(d) Transmitter Control Codes may be alpha / numeric. This has been noted in several places within the publication.

(e) The dates for submission of "test" files have been revised in Part A, Sec. 5. "Test" files should be submitted between August 15 and December 15 each year. Also, "test" data for the "A" Record must be actual data, not fictitious information.

(f) Part A, Sec. 5.04 has been revised to alert filers that a transmittal Form 4804, 4802 or computer generated substitute must accompany "test" files. The transmittal Forms 4804 and 4802 have been updated for 1986. Agencies who produce a computer generated substitute must update their format for these forms. The Form 4804 now includes a checkbox 1 to indicate the type of file (e.g., original, correction, replacement, test).

(g) Part A, Sec. 5 includes new information concerning undue hardship waiver requests. Filers are now required to submit Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF FORM W 2c.

(h) Part A, Sec. 6 has been updated to include the retention requirements for information returns and the new affidavit requirements for transmittal documents.

(i) For documents filed on paper with the appropriate service center, it is no longer necessary to note on the transmittal Form 1096 that a portion of the returns are being filed on magnetic media. This has been deleted from Part A, Sec. 6.07.

(j) Part A, Sec. 6.08 has been reworded to clarify that reports from different branches for one payer, if submitted on the same file, must be consolidated under one "A" Record for each type of information return.

(k) A note has been added to Part A, Sec. 7 that Form 5498 is used to report amounts contributed during or after the calendar year.

(l) Part A, Sec. 8(h) has been added to inform filers who file extension requests for multiple payers, that the request must include a list of all payers and their TINs (SSN or EIN).

(m) Part A, Sec. 10 alerts filers that the filing requirements apply to both original and corrected returns with the exception of Form W 2c filed with SSA. Refer to Part A, Sec. 1 for the filing requirements. Corrected returns should be aggregated and submitted as soon as possible but not later than October 1 of each year. Also, corrections should be submitted only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file.

(n) In prior years, cassette position 5 and mini-disk position 6 of the "B" Record were used as the corrected return indicator. Part A, Sec. 10.01 indicates that this has now been changed to cassette position 6 and mini-disk position 7. The Guidelines in Sec. 10 have also been updated to reflect this change. You must adjust your programs. This change was necessary to facilitate the need for a second position in the "B" Record Document Specific Code field.

(o) Transmittal Form W 3G is now obsolete. This form was used to transmit paper Forms 1099 R and W 2G. These two forms are now to be transmitted to the service center with Form 1096. References to Form W 3G have been deleted from this publication.

(p) Two new charts were added to the publication last year to provide instructions for filing corrections on magnetic media and on paper forms. Chart 2, Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns on Paper Forms, has been deleted. The instructions for filing corrections on paper forms are now available in the 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G."

(q) Part A, Sec. 10, Guidelines have been revised. If a return was filed with NO Payee TIN (SSN or EIN), or the return was filed with an incorrect Payee TIN, only one transaction is necessary to make the correction.

(r) Part A, Sec. 12 has been completely revised. Refer to this section for specific changes.

(s) Service center addresses have been deleted from this publication. They are available in the 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G."

(t) Part A, Sec. 14.02 has been revised to inform filers of the authorization to sign consent Form 6847. Filers who have received approval to file on this program in prior years may be required to resubmit a consent Form 6847 signed by each payer. Refer to Part A, Section 14.02 for specific information.

(u) The dollar criteria in Table 2 of Part A, Sec. 14 has changed. For the state of Minnesota, Form 5498 must now be reported. Also, two footnotes for Minnesota have been deleted: $10.01 for Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions; and $600.01 for Rents and Royalties.

(v) Acceptable foreign country codes have been added to Part A, Sec. 16 to assist you in developing the address field.

(w) Part B, Sec. 1.18 has been revised to indicate changes made to the external media labels. Form 5064 is the external media label and has been updated for tax year 1986. You must use the updated label for 1986. These will be included in your magnetic media reporting packages.

.03 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD.

(a) A note has been added to Part B, Sec. 3.03 and Part C, Sec. 2.03 to indicate that all alpha characters should be uppercase.

(b) Form 1099 MISC, Amount Code "8", Direct Sales Indicator, NOTE 1, has been clarified.

(c) Form 1099 OID, the title of Amount Code 2 has been changed from "Stated interest," to "Other periodic interest."

(d) Form 1099 R, the term "Insurance Contracts" has been added to the title of the form and insurance premiums has been added to Amount Code "5".

(e) Amount Code "7" has been added to Form 1099 R to report "State income tax withheld."

(f) A note has been added for reporting distributions from KEOGH plans on Form 1099 R.

(g) Form 5498, Amount Code "1" has been changed to report, "Regular SEP contributions made in 1986 and 1987 for 1986." The regular SEP contributions have been deleted from Amount Code "3" and now appear separately as Amount Code "1".

(h) Form 5498, the title of Amount Code "4" has been changed to "Life insurance cost included in Code 1 or 3 (for endowment contracts only)."

(i) Amount Code "3" has been added for Form W 2G to report "State income tax withheld."

(j) The First Payer Name Line has been clarified for those reporting on Form 1098, "Mortgage Interest Statement." Refer to the First Payer Name Line field description for specific information.

.04 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE PAYEE "B" RECORD.

(a) A note has been added to Part B and Part C, Sec. 4.03 concerning invalid addresses.

(b) A note has been added to Part B, Sec. 4.06 and Part C, Sec. 4.08 to indicate that all alpha characters should be uppercase.

(c) The Document Specific Code field length has been increased from 1 to 2 positions. Cassette positions 4-5 and mini-disk position 5-6 now represent this coding. This change was necessary due to multiple coding required in certain cases for Form 1099 R.

(d) Additional coding has been added to the Document Specific Code for Form 1099 R. A Code "9" represents PS 58 Costs; Code "P" represents excess contributions refunded plus earnings on such excess contributions taxable in 1985; Code "A" represents distributions which qualify for 10 year averaging; Code "B" represents distributions which qualify for the death benefit exclusion; and Code "C" indicates that the distribution qualifies for both "A" and "B".

(e) The Document Specific Code, Direct Sales indicator has been clarified.

(f) In prior years, cassette position 5 and mini-disk position 6 of the Payee "B" Record were used as the corrected return indicator. This has now changed to cassette position 6 and mini-disk position 7. You must adjust your programs.

(g) Examples have been added to assist you in the development of the Name Control field.

(h) The Type of TIN indicator field has been clarified for those accounts which are questionable. Code "9" has been deleted.

(i) The Payer's Account Number for the Payee field has been clarified.

(j) The First Payee Name Line field description has been clarified for those reporting Form 1098, "Mortgage Interest Statement." Refer to the First Payee Name Line field description for specific information.

(k) The Payee City, Payee State, and Payee ZIP Code are three separate fields. If the payee lives outside of the United States, insert a "1" in position "1" of the Payee City field and spell out the name in the remaining positions. Use the appropriate Country Code as shown in Part A, Sec. 16 in the Payee State field. Some foreign countries utilize alpha characters in the ZIP Code. The use of alpha characters is only acceptable if there is a "1" in position "1" of the Payee City field.

.05 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE END OF PAYER "C" RECORD.

(a) Part B, Sec. 5.03 and Part C, Sec. 13.03 clarify the totals required in the "C" Record.

(b) Part B, Sec. 5.04 and Part C, Sec. 13.04 provide instructions to assist you in the development of the "C" Record.

.06 THE FOLLOWING CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD.

(a) The Number of Payers field name and description have been reworded.

(b) The Number of Reels field description has been reworded.

SEC. 4. WAGE AND PENSION INFORMATION FILED WITH SSA

.01 Section 8(b), Public Law 94-202, 1976-1 C.B. 503, enacted in January 1976, authorized the combined reporting of FICA detailed information in one consolidated annual W 2 (Copy A) to the Federal government. AS A RESULT, FORMS W 2 AND W 2P ARE TO BE FILED WITH SSA NOT WITH IRS. Applications to file Forms W 2 and W 2P on magnetic media are to be mailed to SSA; however, undue hardship waivers and extensions of time to file Forms W 2 and W 2P are to be requested from the IRS National Computer Center, not from SSA. Requests for undue hardship exemption for these two forms must be filed with the IRS National Computer Center by July 31, 1986, for tax year 1986 for returns to be filed in 1987. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address and Part A, Sec. 5.08 and Sec. 8 for the required information.

.02 SSA will accept magnetic media filing of Forms W 2 and W 2P and has issued the following concerning this: TIB 4a, "Magnetic Tape Reporting, Submitting FICA Wage and Tax Data to the Social Security Administration"; TIB 4b, "Magnetic Tape Reporting, Submitting Annuity, Pension, Retired Pay or IRA Payment to the Social Security Administration' '; and TIB 4c, "Diskette Reporting, Submitting FICA Wage and Tax Data to the Social Security Administration." Applications for filing Forms W 2 and W 2P on magnetic media appear in TIBs 4a, 4b, and 4c.

.03 Copies of Social Security Administration publications TIB 4a, 4b, and 4c are available from any local Social Security Administration office or the SSA Regional Magnetic Media Coordinators.

SEC. 5. APPLICATION FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING AND REQUESTS FOR UNDUE HARDSHIP WAIVERS

.01 For purposes of this revenue procedure, the PAYER includes the person making the payments, a recipient of mortgage interest payments, a broker, a barter exchange, a trustee or issuer of an IRA, SEP or DEC, or a lender who acquires an interest in secured property or who has reason to know that the property has been abandoned. The TRANSMITTER is the organization preparing the cassette or mini-disk file. The payer and transmitter may be the same organization. Do not submit returns on cassette if you transmit for someone else due to the 256 character record restriction. Payers or their transmitters are required to complete Form 4419, Application for Magnetic Media Reporting of Information Returns. Copies of this form, for your use, are included in this publication. Requests for additional information or forms related to magnetic media processing should be addressed to the National Computer Center. Beginning January 1, 1986, magnetic media processing for ALL service centers was centralized at the National Computer Center. The address is listed in Part A, Sec. 13.

.02 Applications should be filed with the National Computer Center before "test" files are submitted. ("Test" files are submitted between August 15 and December 15 each year.) IRS will act on an application and notify the applicant, in writing, of authorization to file. A five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code will be assigned and included in an acknowledgement letter within 30 days of receipt of the application. Cassette or mini-disk returns may not be filed with IRS until the application has been approved. Do not enter blanks in the "A" Record Transmitter Control Code field; enter the five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code which is assigned to you by IRS after you have filed an application and it has been approved. Applications for approval to file Forms W 2 and W 2P on magnetic media must be filed with SSA, NOT with IRS. Refer to Part A, Sec. 4.

.03 After you have received approval to file on magnetic media, you do not need to reapply each year; however, notify IRS in writing if:

(a) there are hardware or software changes that would affect the characteristics of the magnetic media submission (e.g., changing from cassette or mini-disk to tape filing or vice versa) a new Transmitter Control Code may be necessary or,

(b) you discontinue filing on magnetic media for a year (your five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code may be reassigned).

If either of these conditions applies to you, you should contact IRS for clarification. In ALL correspondence, refer to your current five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code to assist IRS in locating your files.

.04 IRS will assist new filers with their initial cassette or mini-disk submission by reviewing "test" files submitted in advance of the filing season. The "test" data should be actual data for the "A" Record, not fictitious information. This applies to all records submitted in the "test" file. Approved payers or transmitters should submit "test" files to the National Computer Center. You MUST submit a "test" file in order to participate in the Combined Federal / State Program; however, you are encouraged to submit "test" files if you are a new filer on magnetic media. As a guideline, IRS prefers that all "test" files be submitted between August 15 and December 15 each year. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address. Do not submit "test" cassettes or mini-disks after December 15. If you are unable to submit your "test" file by this date, you may only send a sample hardcopy printout or cassette or mini-disk dump to the National Computer Center which shows a sample of each type of record (A, B, C, K, and F) used. Clearly mark the hardcopy printout or dump as "TEST DATA" and include identifying information such as name, address, and telephone number of someone familiar with the "test" print or dump who may be contacted to discuss its acceptability. With all "test" data, include a transmittal Form 4804, 4802 or computer generated substitute marked as "TEST DATA" which identifies your five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code and total record and money amounts. The transmittal Form 4804 and 4802 have been updated for tax year 1986. Agencies who produce a computer generated substitute must include the additional information required on these forms. The Form 4804 now includes a checkbox 1 to indicate the type of file (e.g., original, correction, replacement, test). The "test" data must be a sample of actual data coded according to this revenue procedure.

.05 If your magnetic media files have been prepared for you in the past by a service agency, and you now have computer equipment compatible with that of IRS and wish to prepare your own files, you must request your own five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code by filing an application, Form 4419, as described above.

.06 If you as an individual or organization are an approved filer on magnetic media and you change your name or the name of your organization, please notify the National Computer Center, in writing, so that your file may be updated to reflect the proper name.

.07 In accordance with section 1.6041-7(b) of the Income Tax Regulations, payments to providers of medical and health care services from separate departments of a health care carrier may be reported as separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters office will be considered to be the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered to be payers. A single application form covering all the departments which will be filing on cassette or mini-disk should be submitted. One five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code may be used for all departments.

.08 Any person required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media may request a waiver from the filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver from Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, with the IRS National Computer Center if filing on magnetic media would be an undue hardship. Requests for waivers for Forms W 2 and W 2P are due by July 31, 1986, for tax year 1986 for returns to be filed in 1987. For all other returns required to be filed on magnetic media, waiver requests must be filed at least 90 days before the returns are due. This waiver, if approved, will only provide exemption from magnetic media filing for one tax year. Filers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time. You must reapply each year that a waiver is necessary. Copies of Form 8508 may be obtained from the IRS National Computer Center. See Part A, Sec. 13 for the address.

.09 Section 1.6045-1(l) of the Income Tax Regulations requires brokers and barter exchanges to use magnetic media in reporting ALL Form 1099 B data to IRS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BOTH ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS. Generally, NEW brokers and NEW barter exchanges may request an undue hardship exemption by filing a request for waiver with the IRS National Computer Center by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange.

.10 All requests for magnetic media related undue hardship exemptions should be submitted to the IRS National Computer Center at least 90 days before the due date of the return, except as stated in Sec. 5.09. All requests for undue hardship for Forms W 2 and W 2P are to be filed with the IRS National Computer Center, not SSA, and must be filed by July 31, 1986, for tax year 1986 for returns to be filed in 1987. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address.

.11 If you request a waiver from filing on magnetic media and it is approved, do not send a copy of the approved waiver to the service center where you file your paper returns. Keep the waiver for your records. Do not staple, paperclip or use rubberbands on any scannable forms. Paper information returns are read by an optical scanner (OCR) at the service centers.

.12 Waivers are granted on a case-by-case basis and may be approved at the discretion of the National Computer Center. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address.

.13 If you are required to file on magnetic media but fail to do so, and you do not have an approved waiver on record, you may be subject to a failure to file penalty. Refer to Sec. 6.01 below.

.14 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemption from ALL filing; you MUST submit your information returns on acceptable paper forms.

.15 A cassette or mini-disk reporting package, which includes all the necessary transmittals, labels, and instructions, will be mailed to the last known address of all approved filers each year.

SEC. 6. FILING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTS

.01 If you do not file your returns on time, you may be subject to a $50 per document failure to file penalty. If you file without following the instructions in this revenue procedure, you may be subject to a $50 per document failure to file penalty. The maximum penalty is $50,000. However, there is no maximum penalty for returns of 1099 INT, 1099 OID, 1099 DIV, 1099 PATR, 5498 or if the failure to file is due to intentional disregard of the filing requirements.

.02 Generally, you are now subject to a $50 penalty for each failure to include the payee's correct TIN on an information return unless the payer can demonstrate that the payer met the due diligence requirements. Refer to Part A, Sec. 11.

.03 Rev. Proc. 84-24, 1984-1 C.B. 465, gives detailed information on preparing transmittal documents for information returns and is available at IRS offices. Specific guidelines are given on how to report the payer's name, address, and TIN on transmittal documents and information returns. Instructions for multiple transmittals and the submission of transmittals by service bureaus or agents are also covered.

.04 THE CASSETTE OR MINIDISK RECORDS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER; HOWEVER, PAPER INFORMATION RETURNS ARE TO CONTINUE TO BE FILED WITH THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE CENTERS. Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported on Magnetic Media, must accompany cassette or mini-disk submissions. If you file for multiple payers and have the authority to sign the affidavit on Form 4804, you should also submit Form 4802, Transmittal for Multiple Magnetic Media Reporting. For IRS to ensure that your actual data records were formatted following THIS revenue procedure, include a hardcopy printout, fast print or cassette or mini-disk dump showing a sample of each type of record (A, B, C, K, and F) used on the cassette or mini-disk. This will be reviewed prior to actual processing to ensure that the data is in the proper format. Be sure to include Form 4804, 4802 or computer generated listing with your cassette or mini-disk shipment. DO NOT MAIL THE CASSETTES OR MINIDISKS AND THE TRANSMITTAL DOCUMENTS SEPARATELY. IRS encourages the use of a computer generated Form 4804 which includes all necessary information requested on the actual form.

Paper information returns must be transmitted to the appropriate service center using Form 1096, Annual Summary and Transmittal of U.S. Information Returns. Do not send information returns filed on paper forms to the National Computer Center.

.05 The affidavit for Form 4804 should be signed by the payer; however, the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agency may sign the affidavit on behalf of the payer if all of the following conditions are met:

(a) It has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under the state law.

(b)(i) It has the responsibility (either oral, written, or implied) conferred on it by the payer to request the TINs of recipients (or others for whom information is being reported), or

(ii) If the return of more than one payer is included in a single cassette or mini-disk submission, covered by a single Form 4804, each payer has attested by affidavit to the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent or disbursing agent that the payer has complied with the law in attempting to secure correct TINs.

(c) It signs the affidavit and adds the caption "For: (name of payer)."

.06 Although a duly authorized agent signs the affidavit, the payer is held responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804, and the payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

.07 DO NOT REPORT THE SAME INFORMATION ON PAPER FORMS THAT YOU REPORT ON MAGNETIC MEDIA. IF YOU REPORT PART OF YOUR RETURNS ON PAPER AND PART ON MAGNETIC MEDIA, BE SURE THAT DUPLICATE RETURNS, WITH THE SAME INFORMATION, ARE NOT INCLUDED ON BOTH. This does not mean that corrected documents are not to be filed. If a return has been prepared and submitted improperly, you must file a corrected return as soon as possible. Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for requirements and instructions on filing corrected returns.

.08 Reports from different branches or locations for one payer, if submitted on the same file, MUST be consolidated under one Payer / Transmitter "A" Record for each type of information return. For example, all Forms 1099 INT for the same payer on a single file must be sorted together under one Payer / Transmitter "A" Record followed by the appropriate "B" Records and one "C" Record.

.09 Payers are required to retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or the ability to reconstruct the data for at least three years.

.10 Before submitting magnetic media files, include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804 or computer generated substitute.

(b) A Form 4802 (if you transmit for multiple payers).

(c) A hard copy printout or listing of the first five and last two blocks of your file. The listing should show a sample of each type of record (A, B, C, K, and F) used on the magnetic media being submitted.

(d) The magnetic media with an external identifying label as described in Part B, Sec. 18 for Cassette and Part C, Sec. 1.06 for Mini-Disk.

(e) On the outside of the shipping container, include a Form 4801 or a substitute for the form which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY-MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING-BOX ___ of ." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (e.g., Box 1 of 33, 2, of 33, etc.).

(f) If you were granted an extension and are filing late, include a copy of the approval letter with the magnetic media shipment.

.11 IRS will not pay or accept "Collect on Delivery" or "Charged to IRS" shipments of reportable tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.

.12 Files returned to you due to coding or format errors are to be corrected and returned to IRS within 30 days of your receipt or the payer may be subject to a failure to file penalty.

SEC. 7. FILING DATES

.01 The dates prescribed for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media filing. Magnetic media reporting to IRS for all types of Forms 1098, 1099, and W 2G must be on a calendar year basis. Form 5498 is used to report amounts contributed during or after the calendar year but not later than April 15.

.02 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Forms 1098, all types of Forms 1099, and W 2G must be submitted to IRS and postmarked by February 28. The due date for furnishing the required copy or statement to the recipient is January 31.

.03 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Form 5498 must be submitted to IRS and postmarked by May 31. Copies of this form or statements are due to the participant by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs and SEPs for the prior calendar year; however, participant copies or statements for DECs are due at the time the contribution is made or January 31, whichever is later. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1986 that are made between January 1, 1986, and April 15, 1987.

SEC. 8. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

.01 If a payer or transmitter of returns on magnetic media filed with IRS or SSA is unable to submit their magnetic media file by the dates prescribed in Sec. 7.02 and 7.03 above, submit a letter requesting an extension of up to 30 days to file, as soon as you are aware that an extension will be necessary. In order to be considered, the request MUST be filed before the due date of the return; otherwise, you will be subject to the late filing penalty. The letter should be sent to the attention of the Magnetic Media Reporting Program at the IRS National Computer Center. See Part A, Sec. 13 for the address. The request should include:

(a) The filer's (or transmitter's, if filing for multiple payers) name and address.

(b) The filer's Taxpayer Identification Number (SSN or EIN).

(c) The tax year for which the extension of time is requested: tax year 1986.

(d) The name and telephone number of a person to contact who is familiar with the request.

(e) The type of returns and expected volume (e.g., 5000 Forms 1099 INT).

(f) The five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code assigned to the organization or individual requesting the extension (if a number has been assigned).

(g) The reason for the delay and date that you will be able to file.

(h) If you file for multiple payers, the request must include a list of all payers and their TINs (SSN or EIN).

An approved extension for magnetic media filing does not provide additional time for supplying a copy to the payee.

.02 If an extension of time to file on magnetic media is granted by the National Computer Center, a copy of the letter granting the extension MUST be attached to the transmittal Form 4804 or computer generated substitute when the file is submitted.

SEC. 9. PROCESSING OF MAGNETIC MEDIA RETURNS

.01 All data received at the National Computer Center for processing will be given the same protection as individual returns (1040), and will be returned to the originator after processing. Files that are received timely by the National Computer Center will be returned to the filers by August 15 of the year in which submitted.

.02 Due to the volume of input received and the cost to return special containers, special shipping containers should not be used for transmitting data to the National Computer Center since IRS cannot guarantee return of such containers.

.03 Files will be returned to you for correction if they are unprocessable due to format or coding errors, or by the request of the filer. Unprocessable files must be corrected and returned to the National Computer Center within 30 days of your receipt or the payer may be subject to a failure to file penalty. The corrected files will be returned to the filer by the National Computer Center within 6 months of receipt. PLEASE BE SURE THAT YOUR FORMAT AND CODING COMPLY WITH THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE IS TO BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF TAX YEAR 1986 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. LEGISLATIVE AND FORMS CHANGES AFFECTING INFORMATION RETURNS MAY OCCUR EACH YEAR. THESE PROCEDURES ARE UPDATED TO REFLECT NECESSARY CHANGES. PLEASE READ THIS PUBLICATION CAREFULLY.

SEC. 10. HOW TO FILE CORRECTED RETURNS

.01 The filing requirements listed in Part A, Sec. 1 apply to both original and corrected returns. Corrections should be aggregated and filed as soon as possible but not later than October 1 of each year. ALL FIELDS OR BOXES MUST BE COMPLETED WITH THE CORRECT INFORMATION, NOT JUST THE DATA FIELDS NEEDING CORRECTION. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If your complete file is in error, contact the National Computer Center immediately. If you file corrected returns on paper forms, submit Copy A to the appropriate service center. There are numerous types of errors. It may require more than one transaction to properly correct the initial error. In prior years, cassette position 5 and mini-disk position 6 of the "B" Record were used as the corrected return indicator. This has now changed to cassette position 6 and mini-disk position 7 of the "B" Record. You must adjust your programs. You are strongly encouraged to read this ENTIRE section before attempting to make ANY correction. If the initial return was filed as an aggregate, you must consider this in filing the corrected return.

.02 Corrected returns submitted to IRS on magnetic media, using a "G" coded Payee "B" Record, may be submitted on the same cassette or mini-disk as those corrections submitted without the "G" code; however, they must be submitted using a separate "A" Record. Corrected returns for different tax years may not be submitted on the same file. Corrected returns are to be identified as corrections on the transmittal document and the EXTERNAL affixed label of the file.

.03 The instructions that follow will provide information on how to file corrected returns on magnetic media. The 1986 "Instructions for 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G" provide more specific instructions for filing corrections on paper forms and are available from IRS.

.04 If you are not required to file your corrections on magnetic media and you file them on paper forms, do not submit the paper returns to the National Computer Center. All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate service center. Corrected returns filed on magnetic media must be filed with the National Computer Center. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address.

.05 Statements to the recipient or participant should be identified as "CORRECTED" and should be provided to them as soon as possible.

.06 If you file corrected returns on paper forms, use IRS forms or acceptable OCR scannable paper substitutes. Pinhole feeds on the forms are not acceptable. Always submit Copy A to the appropriate service center. NOTE: Form W 2G is not required to be in OCR scannable format. Publication 1179, "Specifications for Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, and W 2G" provides requirements and instructions.

.07 For instructions on filing information returns with IRS, refer to the 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W 2G." If these instructions are not included in your magnetic media reporting packages, request a copy from IRS.

.08 Type or machine print in black carbon based ink all information on returns filed on paper. Print money amounts without dollar signs ($), ampersands (&), asterisks (*), commas (,), or other special characters. Use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents on paper forms only, not on magnetic media.

.09 Use the proper form. If you are in doubt, review the instructions noted in .07 above or contact your local IRS office.

.10 Use only the boxes provided on the paper forms. Do not add additional boxes.

.11 Do not change the title of any box on any forms and do not insert data in the untitled shaded areas.

.12 Use the same name and TIN (SSN or EIN) for the filer on the Form 1096 transmittal form and all related forms that follow.

.13 A separate transmittal Form 1096 is required for each type of paper information return filed in the 1098, 5498, W 2G, and 1099 series. DO NOT USE THE SAME TRANSMITTAL DOCUMENT TO FILE ORIGINAL AND CORRECTED RETURNS WHETHER ON PAPER FORMS OR MAGNETIC MEDIA. A transmittal Form 4804 or computer generated substitute is used to transmit magnetic media. A Form 4802 is a continuation form for a Form 4804. Please utilize a Form 4802 if you file on magnetic media for multiple payers and are an authorized agent for the payers.

.14 Do not cut, staple, fold, paperclip, tape, or use rubberbands on any paper information returns filed with IRS. This could impair the OCR scanning process. No photocopies of any forms are allowable.

.15 Use the correct tax year's forms to file information returns with IRS (i.e., do not submit tax year 1986 returns using 1985 forms). The same is true for magnetic media filing. You must submit your returns filed on magnetic media using the revenue procedure for the tax year of the returns. Forms and revenue procedures are normally updated each year to include necessary changes.

.16 Most information returns contain a "VOID" box and a "CORRECTED" box. The "VOID" box is used only if you make an error while typing or printing the paper forms. Mark this box ONLY when you wish to return to be disregarded or passed over. The OCR scanner at the service centers will not read a "VOID" return; it will pass over it and go to the next form if the "VOID" box is marked. Do not confuse the "VOID" box and the "CORRECTED" box.

.17 On magnetic media files, the Payee "B" Record provides space to enter a Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This same account number may be provided on paper forms. In order to properly file corrected returns, this number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return. DO NOT ENTER A TIN (SSN OR EIN). A PAYER'S ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE MAY BE A CHECKING ACCOUNT NUMBER, SAVINGS ACCOUNT NUMBER, SERIAL NUMBER OR ANY OTHER NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE PAYEE BY THE PAYER, WHICH WILL DISTINGUISH THE SPECIFIC ACCOUNT. THIS NUMBER MUST APPEAR ON THE INITIAL RETURN AND ON THE CORRECTED RETURN IN ORDER TO IDENTIFY AND PROCESS THE CORRECTION PROPERLY.

.18 REVIEW THE CHART THAT FOLLOWS. The types of errors made will normally fall under one of the three categories listed. Next to each type of error made, you will find a list of instructions to tell you how to properly file the corrected return for that type of error. READ ALL OF THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED AND FOLLOW THEM FOR THE TYPE OF ERROR MADE ON THE INITIAL RETURN. IN SOME CASES TWO TRANSACTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO PROPERLY FILE CORRECTIONS. IF THE ORIGINAL RETURN WAS FILED AS AN AGGREGATE, YOU MUST CONSIDER THIS IN FILING THE CORRECTED RETURNS.

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns on Magnetic Media

 

 

 (PLEASE READ SEC. 10.01 THROUGH 10.18 OF THIS PUBLICATION BEFORE

 

 MAKING ANY CORRECTIONS)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Error Made on the Original Return   How To File the Corrected

 

 Filed on Magnetic Media             Return on Magnetic Media

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. Original return was filed with   A. Form 4804 and 4802 (or

 

    NO Payee TIN (SSN or EIN), OR       computer generated substitute)

 

    the return was filed with an        1. Prepare a new transmittal

 

    INCORRECT Payee TIN.                   Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

                                           file for multiple payers)

 

                                           or a computer generated

 

                                           substitute, that includes

 

                                           information related to this

 

                                           new file.

 

                                        2. Mark the Correction box in

 

                                           Block 1 of the 1986 revised

 

                                           copy of Form 4804. If the

 

                                           1986 form is not available,

 

                                           write, type or machine

 

                                           print in uppercase letters

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                           at the top of the

 

                                           transmittal form or

 

                                           computer generated

 

                                           substitute.

 

                                        3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                           information correctly.

 

                                        4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                           listing or cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                           small sample of each type

 

                                           of record (A, B, C, and F),

 

                                           which can be reviewed for

 

                                           accuracy and acceptability

 

                                           of record format.

 

                                        5. If you are a Combined

 

                                           Federal/State filer on

 

                                           mini-disk, IRS will not

 

                                           transmit corrected returns

 

                                           to the state. This will be

 

                                           the responsibility of the

 

                                           filer.

 

                                     B. 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and

 

                                        W-2G Returns

 

                                        1. Prepare a new file.

 

                                        2. Use a separate

 

                                           Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                           Record for each type of

 

                                           return being reported. The

 

                                           information in the "A"

 

                                           Record will be the same as

 

                                           it was in the original

 

                                           submission.

 

                                        3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                           contain exactly the same

 

                                           information as submitted

 

                                           previously EXCEPT: insert a

 

                                           "G" code in cassette

 

                                           position 6 or mini-disk

 

                                           position 7 of the "B"

 

                                           Record and supply the

 

                                           correct TIN (SSN or EIN).

 

                                           (In prior years, cassette

 

                                           position 5 and mini-disk

 

                                           position 6 were used as the

 

                                           corrected return indicator.

 

                                           This has now changed to

 

                                           cassette position 6 and

 

                                           mini-disk position 7. You

 

                                           must adjust your programs.)

 

                                        4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                           to IRS using a "G" coded

 

                                           "B" Record may be submitted

 

                                           on the same cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk as those returns

 

                                           submitted without the "G"

 

                                           code; however, separate "A"

 

                                           Records are required.

 

                                        5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                           the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                        6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                           mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump showing

 

                                           sample records coded for

 

                                           this type of filing, and

 

                                           the transmittal document to

 

                                           the National Computer

 

                                           Center. (Refer to Part A,

 

                                           Sec. 13 for address

 

                                           information.)

 

 

 2. Original return was filed with   A. Form 4804 and/or 4802 (or

 

    an incorrect money amount(s)        computer generated substitute)

 

    in the Payee "B" Record, OR a       1. Prepare a new transmittal

 

    money amount was reported using        Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

    an incorrect Payment Amount            file for multiple payers),

 

    Indicator in the original              or a computer generated

 

    Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.          substitute, that includes

 

    Correct Type of Return                 information related to this

 

    indicator was used in the "A"          new file.

 

    Record. (NOTE: If the wrong Type    2. Mark the Correction box in

 

    Of Return indicator was used,          Block 1 of the 1986 revised

 

    see number 3 of this chart.)           copy of Form 4804. If the

 

                                           1986 form is not available,

 

                                           write, type or machine

 

                                           print in uppercase letters

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                           at the top of the

 

                                           transmittal form or

 

                                           computer generated

 

                                           substitute.

 

                                        3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                           information correctly.

 

                                        4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                           listing or cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                           small sample of each type

 

                                           of record (A, B, C, and F),

 

                                           which can be reviewed for

 

                                           accuracy and acceptability

 

                                           of record format.

 

                                        5. If you are a Combined

 

                                           Federal/State filer on

 

                                           mini-disk, IRS will not

 

                                           transmit corrected returns

 

                                           to the state. This will be

 

                                           the responsibility of the

 

                                           filer.

 

                                     B. 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and

 

                                        W-2G Returns

 

                                        1. Prepare a new file.

 

                                        2. Use a separate

 

                                           Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                           Record for each type of

 

                                           return being reported. The

 

                                           information in the "A"

 

                                           Record will be the same as

 

                                           it was in the original

 

                                           submission EXCEPT, the

 

                                           correct Amount Indicators

 

                                           will be used.

 

                                        3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                           contain exactly the same

 

                                           information as submitted

 

                                           previously EXCEPT: insert a

 

                                           "G" code in cassette

 

                                           position 6 or mini-disk

 

                                           position 7 of the "B"

 

                                           Record AND report the

 

                                           correct payment amounts as

 

                                           they should have been

 

                                           reported on the initial

 

                                           return. (In prior years,

 

                                           cassette position 5 and

 

                                           mini-disk position 6 were

 

                                           used as the corrected

 

                                           return indicator. This has

 

                                           now changed to cassette

 

                                           position 6 and mini-disk

 

                                           position 7. You must adjust

 

                                           your programs.)

 

                                        4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                           to IRS using a "G" coded

 

                                           "B" Record may be submitted

 

                                           on the same cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk as those returns

 

                                           submitted without the "G"

 

                                           code; however, separate "A"

 

                                           Records are required.

 

                                        5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                           the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                        6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                           mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump showing

 

                                           sample records coded for

 

                                           this type of filing, and

 

                                           the transmittal document to

 

                                           the National Computer

 

                                           Center. (Refer to Part A,

 

                                           Sec. 13 for address

 

                                           information.)

 

 

 3. Original return was filed        TRANSACTION 1: Identify return

 

    using the WRONG Type of          submitted with an incorrect

 

    Return indicator in the          Type of Return indicator

 

    Payer/Transmitter "A"            A. Form 4804 and 4802 (or

 

    Record. (For example, a             computer generated substitute)

 

    return was coded using the          1. Prepare a new transmittal

 

    Type of Return indicator for           Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

    1099-DIV and it should have            file for multiple payers),

 

    been coded for 1099-INT.)              or a computer generated

 

    THIS WILL REQUIRE TWO SEPARATE         substitute, that includes

 

    TRANSACTIONS TO MAKE THE               information related to this

 

    CORRECTION PROPERLY. READ AND          new file

 

    FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOR         2. Mark the Correction box

 

    BOTH TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2.             in Block 1 of the 1986

 

                                           revised copy of Form 4804.

 

                                           If the 1986 form is not

 

                                           available, write, type or

 

                                           machine print in uppercase

 

                                           letters "MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

                                           CORRECTION" at the top of

 

                                           the transmittal form or

 

                                           computer generated

 

                                           substitute.

 

                                        3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                           information correctly.

 

                                        4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                           listing or cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                           small sample of each type

 

                                           of record (A, B, C, and F),

 

                                           which can be reviewed for

 

                                           accuracy and acceptability

 

                                           of record format.

 

                                        5. If you are a Combined

 

                                           Federal/State filer on

 

                                           mini-disk.

 

                                           IRS will not transmit

 

                                           corrected returns to the

 

                                           state. This will be the

 

                                           responsibility of the

 

                                           filer.

 

                                     B. 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and

 

                                        W-2G Returns

 

                                        1. Use a separate

 

                                           Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                           Record for each type of

 

                                           return being reported. The

 

                                           information in the "A"

 

                                           Record will be exactly the

 

                                           same as it was in the

 

                                           original submission using

 

                                           the same incorrect type of

 

                                           return indicator.

 

                                        2. The corrected Payee "B"

 

                                           Record must contain the

 

                                           same information as

 

                                           submitted previously

 

                                           EXCEPT: insert a "G" code

 

                                           in cassette position 6 or

 

                                           mini-disk position 7 of the

 

                                           "B" Record and for ALL

 

                                           payment amounts used, enter

 

                                           "0" (zero). (In prior

 

                                           years, cassette position 5

 

                                           and mini-disk position 6

 

                                           were used as the corrected

 

                                           return indicator. This has

 

                                           now been changed to

 

                                           cassette position 6 and

 

                                           mini-disk position 7. You

 

                                           must adjust your programs.)

 

                                        3. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                           to IRS using a "G" coded

 

                                           "B" Record may be submitted

 

                                           on the same cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk as those returns

 

                                           submitted without the "G"

 

                                           code; however, separate "A"

 

                                           Records are required.

 

                                        4. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                           the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

                                           CORRECTION."

 

                                        5. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                           mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump showing

 

                                           sample records coded for

 

                                           this type of filing, and

 

                                           the transmittal document to

 

                                           the National Computer

 

                                           Center. (Refer to Part A,

 

                                           Sec. 13 for address

 

                                           information.)

 

 

                                     TRANSACTION 2: Report the correct

 

                                     information

 

                                     A. Form 4804 and 4802 (or

 

                                        computer generated substitute)

 

                                        1. If you submit records with

 

                                           the corrected information

 

                                           on a separate cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk from those that

 

                                           are "G" coded, prepare a

 

                                           new transmittal Form 4804

 

                                           (and 4802 if you file for

 

                                           multiple payers), or a

 

                                           computer generated

 

                                           substitute, that includes

 

                                           information related to this

 

                                           new file.

 

                                        2. Mark the Correction box in

 

                                           Block 1 of the 1986 revised

 

                                           copy of Form 4804. If the

 

                                           1986 form is not available,

 

                                           write, type or machine

 

                                           print in uppercase letters

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA CORRECTION"

 

                                           at the top of the

 

                                           transmittal form or

 

                                           computer generated

 

                                           substitute.

 

                                        3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                           information correctly.

 

                                        4. Include a hardcopy print,

 

                                           listing or cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump exhibiting a

 

                                           small sample of each type

 

                                           of record (A, B, C, and F),

 

                                           which can be reviewed for

 

                                           accuracy and acceptability

 

                                           of record format.

 

                                        5. If you are a Combined

 

                                           Federal/State filer on

 

                                           mini-disk, IRS will not

 

                                           transmit corrected returns

 

                                           to the state. This will be

 

                                           the responsibility of the

 

                                           filer.

 

                                     B. 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and

 

                                        W-2G Returns

 

                                        1. Prepare a new file with the

 

                                           correct information in ALL

 

                                           records.

 

                                        2. Use a separate

 

                                           Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                           Record for each type of

 

                                           return being reported and

 

                                           use the correct Type Of

 

                                           Return indicator.

 

                                        3. Do not code the Payee "B"

 

                                           Record as a corrected

 

                                           return for this type of

 

                                           correction.

 

                                        4. Provide all of the correct

 

                                           information.

 

                                        5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                           the cassette or mini-disk

 

                                           "MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

                                           CORRECTION."

 

                                        6. Submit the cassette(s) or

 

                                           mini-disk(s), a cassette or

 

                                           mini-disk dump showing

 

                                           sample records coded for

 

                                           this type of filing, and

 

                                           the transmittal document to

 

                                           the National Computer

 

                                           Center. (Refer to Part A,

 

                                           Sec. 13 for address

 

                                           information.)

 

 

SEC. 11. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

.01 Under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code, recipients of all reportable payments on information returns are required to furnish taxpayer identification numbers (TINs) to the payer. The number must be furnished to the payer whether or not the payee is required to file a tax return or is covered by social security. Refer to Part A, Sec. 15 for a definition of Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).

.02 The recipient's TIN is used to associate and verify amounts reported to IRS with corresponding amounts on tax returns. Therefore, it is particularly important that correct social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided on magnetic media or paper forms submitted to IRS. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL ZEROES.

.03 Under section 6676 of the Internal Revenue Code, a $50 penalty applies for each failure to furnish a TIN to another person who is required to file an information return, and for each failure to include a TIN on an information return. The penalty for payments other than interest or dividends applies unless the failures were due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.

.04 With respect to all payers of interest and dividends, section 6676 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that the payer must self-assess a $50 penalty for each failure to include a payee's TIN or each inclusion of an incorrect TIN on an information return, unless the payer can demonstrate that the payer met the due diligence requirements in attempting to acquire correct TINs for payees. Use Form 8210, Self-Assessed Penalties Return.

.05 For any reportable payment, if the payee fails to provide a TIN to the payer, then backup withholding must be instituted for that payee. If the payer receives another TIN in the manner required from the payee within 30 days of notice from IRS, no withholding is required. If the payee has applied for a TIN, the payee may certify to this on Form W 9 by noting "Applied For" in the TIN block and by signing the form. This form then becomes an "awaiting-TIN certificate." If the TIN is not received and certified, if required, within 60 days, begin withholding and continue until you receive a TIN in the manner required.

.06 The TIN to be furnished to IRS depends primarily upon the manner in which the account is maintained or set up on the payer's record. The TIN to be provided must be that of the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the TIN and name of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided must be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the Payee "B" Record. For individuals, including sole proprietors, the payee TIN is the payee's social security number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's employer identification number.

.07 Sole proprietors who are payers should show their employer identification number in the Payer / Transmitter "A" Record. However, sole proprietors who are not otherwise required to have an employer identification number should use their social security number.

.08 Sole proprietors' social security numbers must be used in the Payee "B" Record.

.09 The charts below will help you determine the number to be furnished to IRS for recipients of reportable payments (payees).

            CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

                         In the Taxpayer

 

                         Identification Number    In the First Payee

 

                         field of the Payee "B"   Name Line of the

 

 For this type of        Record, enter the        Payee "B" Record,

 

 account--               SSN of--                 enter the name of--

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. An individual's      The individual.          The individual.

 

    account.

 

 2. A joint account      The actual owner of the  The individual whose

 

    (Two or more         account. (If more than   SSN is entered.

 

    individuals,         one owner, the first

 

    husband and wife).   individual on the

 

                         account.)

 

 3. Account in the name  The ward, minor, or      The individual

 

    of a guardian or     incompetent person.      whose SSN is

 

    committee for a                               entered.

 

    designated ward,

 

    minor, or

 

    incompetent person.

 

 4. Custodian account    The minor.               The minor.

 

    of a minor (Uniform

 

    Gift to Minors Act).

 

 5. The usual revocable  The grantor-trustee.     The grantor-

 

    savings trust                                 trustee.

 

    account (grantor is

 

    also trustee).

 

 6. A so-called trust    The actual owner.        The actual owner.

 

    account that is not

 

    a legal or valid

 

    trust under state

 

    law.

 

 7. A sole

 

    proprietorship.      The owner.               The owner.

 

 

        CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers

 

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

                         In the Taxpayer

 

                         Identification Number    In the First Payee

 

                         field of the Payee "B"   Name Line of the

 

 For this account        Record, enter the        Payee "B" Record,

 

 type--                  EIN of--                 enter the name of--

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. A valid trust,       Legal entity. 1        The legal trust,

 

    estate, or pension                            estate, or pension

 

    trust.                                        trust.

 

 2. A corporate account. The corporation.         The corporation.

 

 3. An association,      The organization.        The organization.

 

    club, religious,

 

    charitable,

 

    educational or

 

    other tax-exempt

 

    organization.

 

 4. A partnership        The partnership.         The partnership.

 

    account held in the

 

    name of the

 

    business.

 

 5. A broker or          The broker or            The broker or

 

    registered nominee/  nominee/middleman.       nominee/middleman.

 

    middleman.

 

 6. Account with the     The public entity.       The public entity.

 

    Department of

 

    Agriculture in the

 

    name of a public

 

    entity, such as

 

    state or local

 

    government, school

 

    district or prison,

 

    that receives

 

    agriculture program

 

    payments.

 

 

      1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal

 

 representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or

 

 trustee is used in the account title.

 

 

SEC. 12. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

.01 Cassette or mini-disk reporting of the information returns listed in Part A, Sec. 1 applies only to the original (Copy A).

.02 For payments of dividends or interest (reported on Forms 1099 DIV, 1099 PATR, 1099 INT, or 1099 OID), the payer is required to furnish an official Form 1099 to a payee either in a separate mailing by First-Class mail or in person. These forms may not be combined or mailed with other information furnished to the recipient except Forms W 8, W 9, or other Forms 1099. The payer may use substitute Forms 1099 if they utilize the proper language, are substantially similar to the official forms and if the payer complies with all revenue procedures relating to substitute Forms 1099 in effect at the time (see Publication 1179). Copy B (For Recipient) of the substitute forms must contain the statement "This is important tax information and is being furnished to IRS. If you are required to file a return, a negligence penalty or other sanction will be imposed on you if this income is taxable and IRS determines that it has not been reported." The substitute form must contain instructions substantially similar to those on the back of Copy B of the official form.

.03 Statements to recipients for Forms 1098, 1099 A, 1099 B, 1099 G, 1099 MISC (except for substitute payments in lieu of dividends and tax-exempt interest), 1099 R, 5498, or W 2G need not be a copy of the paper form filed with IRS. It is important that income items be properly classified for Federal tax purposes on the statement the payer gives to recipients. The message "This information is being furnished to IRS" must appear on the statements. In addition, Form 1098 statements must contain the message, "The amount shown is deductible by you for Federal income tax purposes only to the extent it was actually paid by you and not reimbursed by another person." The space provisions on official paper forms do not agree with those used in magnetic media. The amount of space on paper forms is less than that allowed on magnetic media. Filers may wish to seek a substitute form for Copy B (For Recipient) that accommodates the space provisions used in magnetic media. Payers are permitted considerable flexibility in designing Copy B of the information return to be furnished to the payee. The payer may combine the information return data with other reports or financial or commercial notices so long as all required information is present and worded properly and the payee's copy is conducive to proper reporting of income on tax returns. (This does not apply to Forms 1099 INT, 1099 OID, 1099 DIV, and 1099 PATR. See .02 above for the requirements for these four forms.) However, when information not requested on the official form is included on these substitute statements, they can no longer be mailed with recipient copies of 1099 DIV, INT, OID, or PATR without violating the separate mailing requirements.

.04 If a portion of the returns is reported on cassette or mini-disk and the remainder is reported on paper forms, those returns not submitted on cassette or mini-disk (including corrected returns) may require a waiver depending on the type of return and volume. Returns filed on paper must be filed on official forms or on acceptable paper substitutes meeting the specifications in Publication 1179.

Do not submit proposed substitutes of Copy A to the National Computer Center.

Your proposed substitutes must comply to the official form and the specifications outlined in Publication 1179. DO NOT submit any substitutes for approval. Only those forms that comply with the official form and the specifications in Publication 1179 are acceptable.

SEC. 13. TO CONTACT THE IRS NATIONAL COMPUTER CENTER

.01 Effective January 1, 1986, magnetic media processing for all service centers was centralized at the IRS National Computer Center. Please direct all requests for IRS magnetic media related publications, information, undue hardship waivers, extensions or forms to the following addresses (if Postal Service or land carrier):

     Magnetic Media Reporting

 

     Internal Revenue Service

 

     National Computer Center

 

     Post Office Box 1359

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     or

 

 

     Magnetic Media Reporting

 

     Internal Revenue Service

 

     National Computer Center

 

     Route 9 & Needy Road

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

Hours of operation at this address will be 8:30 A.M. until 8:00 P.M. Eastern Time Zone.

Requests for paper returns, publications or forms not related to magnetic media processing should be requested from local IRS offices or by calling the toll-free number in your area.

.02 The National Computer Center will process returns filed on magnetic media only. All information returns, including corrections, filed on paper forms should be submitted to the appropriate service center, not the National Computer Center. Organizations who file their information returns on magnetic media but who submit their corrected returns on paper forms, refer to the 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G" for the service center addresses.

SEC. 14. COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING

.01 The Combined Federal / State Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS will accept, upon prior approval, mini-disk files containing state reporting information only for those states listed in Table 1 in this section. FORMS 1098, 1099 A, 1099 B, AND W 2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING PROGRAM. DUE TO THE 256 CHARACTER RECORD RESTRICTION FOR CASSETTE FILERS, CASSETTE TAPES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ON THIS PROGRAM. EACH RECORD IN THE COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE PROGRAM MUST BE 360 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH; THEREFORE ONLY MINIDISK FILES ARE ACCEPTABLE.

.02 To request approval to participate in the Combined Federal / State Program, a "test" file, coded for this program, must be submitted by the transmitter to the IRS National Computer Center between August 15 and December 15 using the revenue procedure that will be used for the actual data files. Blanket approval will not be given to software packages. The "test" file is only required for the first year. Once you are approved, you do not need to resubmit "tests" each year, except when notified by IRS. Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for the address. See Part A, Sec. 5.04 for general guidelines on submission of "test" files. Both the "test" file and the actual data file must conform exactly to the revenue procedure for the tax year of the actual data. Combined Federal / State records must be coded using each state's dollar criteria from Table 2 of this section for each type of return.

If the "test" file is determined to be acceptable, IRS will return it to the filer with Form 6847, Consent For Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information. The payer must complete Form 6847. The five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code must be included on the form. The form should then be returned to IRS before IRS will release tax information to any of the participating states.

Form 6847 must be signed by one of the individuals listed at the bottom of the form. If the form is signed by an attorney-in-fact, the written consent from the taxpayer to the attorney-in-fact must be included with the Form 6847. This consent by language and / or scope must clearly indicate that the attorney-in-fact is empowered to authorize release of the information document returns to the state(s). A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even though acting as attorney-in-fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be photocopied if you receive an insufficient number of the form. If you have filed on this program in the past and have not met these requirements, you must resubmit the Form 6847 with the proper signatures as specified. If you file for multiple payers, only code the records to go to the state(s) for those payers that participate and have properly submitted Form 6847. Do not submit actual data records coded for the Combined Federal / State Program without prior approval from IRS.

.03 States that participate in this program and the valid state code assigned to each are listed in Table 1 of this section. If the state that you wish information released to does not participate in the program, do not code your records for that state. If the state participates, if you have received prior approval, and if all other conditions are met, IRS will forward the tax information to the participating state at no charge to the filer. You do not need to reapply each year.

.04 IF CORRECTIONS MUST BE MADE, IRS WILL NOT TRANSMIT CORRECTED RETURNS TO THE STATES; THIS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FILER.

.05 IRS will make no attempt to process files with any deviations. Approval to participate in the Combined Federal / State Program will be revoked if any files are submitted that do not totally conform.

.06 IRS is acting as a forwarding agent ONLY. Some participating states require separate notification that you are filing in this manner. It is your responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

.07 The appropriate state code should be entered for those documents which meet that state's filing requirements. It is the filer's responsibility to determine the state code to be used and to obtain the filing requirements from the appropriate state(s).

.08 If you meet all of the requirements for this program, you must provide the state totals from the "K" Record on a separate Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns on Magnetic Media (or Form 4802, Transmittal For Multiple Magnetic Media Reporting) or computer generated substitute for each state, or you must include a listing which identifies each state and the "K" Record totals for each.

.09 If you have met ALL of the above conditions:

(a) You must submit all records using two 180 positions sectors which indicate the appropriate coding related to this program.

(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a "K" Record for each state. The "K" Record indicates the number of payees being reported to each particular state.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the state totals "K" Record. Refer to Part C, Sec. 15, for a description of the "K" Record.

(d) The "K" Record is followed by an end of transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

.10 Only those states listed in Table 1 below will receive information from IRS. It is the filer's responsibility to file information returns with states that do not participate in this program.

             TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                          01

 

 Arizona                                                          04

 

 Arkansas                                                         05

 

 California                                                       06

 

 Delaware                                                         10

 

 District of Columbia                                             11

 

 Georgia                                                          13

 

 Hawaii                                                           15

 

 Idaho                                                            16

 

 Indiana                                                          18

 

 Iowa                                                             19

 

 Kansas                                                           20

 

 Maine                                                            23

 

 Massachusetts                                                    25

 

 Minnesota                                                        27

 

 Mississippi                                                      28

 

 Missouri                                                         29

 

 Montana                                                          30

 

 New Jersey                                                       34

 

 New Mexico                                                       35

 

 New York                                                         36

 

 North Carolina                                                   37

 

 North Dakota                                                     38

 

 Oregon                                                           41

 

 South Carolina                                                   45

 

 Tennessee                                                        47

 

 Wisconsin                                                        55

 

 

.11 To simplify filing, several of the participating states have been provided lists of their information return reporting requirements (see Table 2). This cumulative list is for information purposes only and represents dollar criteria. For complete information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate state tax agencies.

                       TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 

                    1099-  1099-   1099-   1099-          1099-

 

 STATE      1099-R    DIV    INT    MISC    PATR  1099-G    OID  5498

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama      1500   1500   1500    1500    1500      NR   1500    NR

 

 Arizona

 

  /a/          300    300    300     300     300     300    300    NR

 

 Arkansas     2500    100    100    2500    2500    2500   2500   /g/

 

 District

 

  of

 

  Columbia

 

  /b/          600    600    600     600     600     600    600    NR

 

 Hawaii        600     10     10 /c/ 600      10     all     10   /g/

 

 Idaho         600     10     10     600      10      10     10   /g/

 

 Iowa         1000    100   1000    1000    1000    1000   1000    NR

 

 Minnesota     600     10     10     600      10      10     10   /g/

 

 Missouri       NR     NR     NR    1200 /d/  NR      NR     NR    NR

 

 Montana       600     10     10     600      10      10     10   /g/

 

 New Jersey   1000   1000   1000    1000    1000    1000   1000    NR

 

 New York      600     NR    600     600 /c/  NR     600     NR    NR

 

 North

 

  Carolina     100    100    100     600     100     100    100   /g/

 

 Oregon        600 /f/ 10     10     600      10      10     10    NR

 

 Tennessee      NR     25     25      NR      NR      NR     NR    NR

 

 Wisconsin     500    100    100     100     100      NR     NR    NR

 

 

 NR--No filing requirement.

 

 

 Footnotes:

 

 

 /a./ These requirements apply to individuals and business entities.

 

 

 /b./ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the

 

 same payroll.

 

 

 /c./ State regulation changing filing requirement from $600 to $10 is

 

 pending.

 

 

 /d./ The state would prefer those returns filed with respect to

 

 non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to the state agency.

 

 

 /e./ Aggregate of several types of income.

 

 

 /f./ Return required for state of Oregon residents only.

 

 

 /g./ Same as Federal requirement for this type of return.

 

 

 NOTE: Filing requirements for any state in Table 1 not shown on the

 

       above chart are the same as Federal requirement.

 

 

SEC. 15. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

 Element             Description

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 b                   Denotes a blank position. Enter blank(s) when

 

                     this symbol is used (do not enter the letter

 

                     "b"). This appears in numerous areas throughout

 

                     the record descriptions.

 

 

 Coding Range        Indicates the allowable codes for a particular

 

                     type of statement.

 

 

 EIN                 Employer Identification Number that has been

 

                     assigned by IRS.

 

 

 Excess Golden       Parachute payments (also called "golden

 

 

 Parachute Payment   parachutes") are certain payments in the nature

 

                     of compensation that corporations make to key

 

                     individuals, often in excess of their usual

 

                     compensation, in the event that ownership or

 

                     control of the corporation changes.

 

 

 File                For purposes of this procedure, a file consists

 

                     of all cassette or mini-disk records submitted

 

                     by a Payer or Transmitter.

 

 

 Payee               Person(s) or organization(s) receiving payments

 

                     from the Payer, or for whom an information

 

                     return must be filed.

 

 

 Payer               Includes the person making payments, a recipient

 

                     of mortgage interest payments, a broker, a

 

                     barter exchange, a trustee or issuer of an IRA,

 

                     SEP or DEC, or a lender who acquires an interest

 

                     in secured property or who has reason to know

 

                     that the property has been abandoned. The Payer

 

                     will be held responsible for the completeness,

 

                     accuracy and timely submission of cassette or

 

                     mini-disk files.

 

 

 Special Character   Any character that is not a numeral, a letter or

 

                     a blank.

 

 

 SSA                 Social Security Administration.

 

 

 SSN                 Social Security Number.

 

 

 Taxpayer            May be either an EIN or SSN.

 

 Identification

 

 Number (TIN)

 

 

 Transfer Agent      The transfer agent or paying agent is the entity

 

 (Paying Agent)      who has been contracted or authorized by the

 

                     payer to perform the services of paying and

 

                     reporting backup withholding (Form 941). The

 

                     payer must submit to IRS a Form 2678, Employer

 

                     Appointment of Agent under section 3504, which

 

                     notifies IRS of the transfer agent relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter         Person or organization preparing cassette or

 

                     mini-disk file(s). May be Payer or agent of

 

                     Payer.

 

 

 Transmitter         A five character alpha/numeric number assigned

 

 Control Code (TCC)  by IRS to the transmitter prior to actual filing

 

                     on magnetic media. This number is inserted in

 

                     the "A" Record of your files and must be present

 

                     before the file can be processed. An application

 

                     Form 4419 must be filed with IRS to receive this

 

                     number. See Part A, Sec. 5. (Abbreviation for

 

                     this term is TCC.)

 

 

SEC. 16. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE STATE AND COUNTRY ABBREVIATIONS

.01 You MUST use the following U.S. Postal Service state abbreviations and foreign country codes when developing the state code portion of address fields. (This table provides state abbreviations only and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal / State Program. For a list of states that participate in the Combined Federal / State Program, refer to Part A, Sec. 14.10.)

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                          AL

 

 Alaska                                                           AK

 

 Arizona                                                          AZ

 

 Arkansas                                                         AR

 

 California                                                       CA

 

 Colorado                                                         CO

 

 Connecticut                                                      CT

 

 Delaware                                                         DE

 

 District of Columbia                                             DC

 

 Florida                                                          FL

 

 Georgia                                                          GA

 

 Hawaii                                                           HI

 

 Idaho                                                            ID

 

 Illinois                                                         IL

 

 Indiana                                                          IN

 

 Iowa                                                             IA

 

 Kansas                                                           KS

 

 Kentucky                                                         KY

 

 Louisiana                                                        LA

 

 Maine                                                            ME

 

 Maryland                                                         MD

 

 Massachusetts                                                    MA

 

 Michigan                                                         MI

 

 Minnesota                                                        MN

 

 Mississippi                                                      MS

 

 Missouri                                                         MO

 

 Montana                                                          MT

 

 Nebraska                                                         NE

 

 Nevada                                                           NV

 

 New Hampshire                                                    NH

 

 New Jersey                                                       NJ

 

 New Mexico                                                       NM

 

 New York                                                         NY

 

 North Carolina                                                   NC

 

 North Dakota                                                     ND

 

 Ohio                                                             OH

 

 Oklahoma                                                         OK

 

 Oregon                                                           OR

 

 Pennsylvania                                                     PA

 

 Rhode Island                                                     RI

 

 South Carolina                                                   SC

 

 South Dakota                                                     SD

 

 Tennessee                                                        TN

 

 Texas                                                            TX

 

 Utah                                                             UT

 

 Vermont                                                          VT

 

 Virginia                                                         VA

 

 Washington                                                       WA

 

 West Virginia                                                    WV

 

 Wisconsin                                                        WI

 

 Wyoming                                                          WY

 

 

.02 The following list represents Canadian Provinces and the corresponding code to be associated with each.

 Province                                                        Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alberta                                                          AB

 

 Manitoba                                                         MB

 

 Newfoundland                                                     NF

 

 Ontario                                                          ON

 

 Quebec                                                           PQ

 

 Yukon Territories                                                YK

 

 British Columbia                                                 BC

 

 Nova Scotia                                                      NS

 

 Prince Edward Island                                             PE

 

 Labrador                                                         LB

 

 New Brunswick                                                    NB

 

 Northwest Territories                                            NT

 

 Saskatchewan                                                     SK

 

 

.03 The following list represents foreign countries and the corresponding code to be associated with each.

 Foreign

 

 Country                                                         Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Afghanistan                                                      AF

 

 Albania                                                          AL

 

 Algeria                                                          AG

 

 American Samoa                                                   AQ

 

 Andorra                                                          AN

 

 Angola                                                           AO

 

 Antarctica                                                       AY

 

 Antigua & Barbuda                                                AC

 

 Argentina                                                        AR

 

 Australia                                                        AS

 

 Austria                                                          AU

 

 Azores                                                           PO

 

 

 Bahamas, The                                                     BF

 

 Bahrain                                                          BA

 

 Bangladesh                                                       BG

 

 Barbados                                                         BB

 

 Belgium                                                          BE

 

 Belize (Formerly British Honduras)                               BH

 

 Benin (Formerly Dahomey)                                         DM

 

 Bermuda                                                          BD

 

 Bhutan                                                           BT

 

 Bolivia                                                          BL

 

 Botswana                                                         BC

 

 Brazil                                                           BR

 

 British Indian Ocean Territory                                   IO

 

 British Virgin Islands                                           VI

 

 Brunei                                                           BX

 

 Bulgaria                                                         BU

 

 Burma                                                            BM

 

 Burundi                                                          BY

 

 

 Cambodia                                                         CB

 

 Cameroon                                                         CM

 

 Canada                                                           CA

 

 Canton & Enderbury Islands                                       EQ

 

 Canary Islands                                                   SP

 

 Cape Verde, Republic of                                          CV

 

 Cayman Islands                                                   CJ

 

 Central Africa Republic                                          CT

 

 Chad                                                             CD

 

 Channel Islands                                                  OC

 

 Chile                                                            CI

 

 China (Peking)                                                   CH

 

 China (Taiwan)                                                   TW

 

 Christmas Island                                                 KT

 

 Cocos (Keeling) Islands                                          CK

 

 Colombia                                                         CO

 

 Comoros                                                          CN

 

 Congo                                                            CF

 

 Cook Islands                                                     CW

 

 Costa Rica                                                       CS

 

 Cuba                                                             CU

 

 Cyprus                                                           CY

 

 Czechoslovakia                                                   CZ

 

 

 Denmark                                                          DA

 

 Djibouti (Formerly Afars & Issas)                                DJ

 

 Dominica                                                         DO

 

 Dominican Republic                                               DR

 

 Ecuador                                                          EC

 

 Egypt                                                            EG

 

 El Salvador                                                      ES

 

 England                                                          UK

 

 Equatorial Guinea                                                EK

 

 Ethiopia                                                         ET

 

 Falkland Islands (Also called Islas Malvinas)                    FA

 

 Faroe Islands                                                    FO

 

 Fiji                                                             FJ

 

 Finland                                                          FI

 

 France                                                           FR

 

 French Guiana                                                    FG

 

 French Polynesia                                                 FP

 

 French Southern & Antarctic Lands                                FS

 

 

 Gabon                                                            GB

 

 Gambia, The                                                      GA

 

 German Democratic Republic (East Germany)                        GC

 

 Germany, Federal Republic of (West Germany)                      GE

 

 Ghana                                                            GH

 

 Gibraltar                                                        GI

 

 Gilbert Islands                                                  GS

 

 Greece                                                           GR

 

 Greenland                                                        GL

 

 Grenada                                                          GJ

 

 Guadeloupe                                                       GP

 

 Guam                                                             GQ

 

 Guatemala                                                        GT

 

 Guinea                                                           GV

 

 Guinea-Bissau                                                    PU

 

 Guyana                                                           GY

 

 Haiti                                                            HA

 

 Heard Island & McDonald Island                                   HM

 

 Honduras                                                         HO

 

 Hong Kong                                                        HK

 

 Hungary                                                          HU

 

 

 Iceland                                                          IC

 

 India                                                            IN

 

 Indonesia                                                        ID

 

 Iran  (Also called Persia)                                       IR

 

 Iraq                                                             IZ

 

 Ireland                                                          EI

 

 Isle of Man                                                      OC

 

 Israel                                                           IS

 

 Italy                                                            IT

 

 Ivory Coast                                                      IV

 

 Jamaica                                                          JM

 

 Japan                                                            JA

 

 Johnston Atoll                                                   JQ

 

 Jordan                                                           JO

 

 Kenya                                                            KE

 

 Korea, Democratic Peoples Republic of (North Korea)              KS

 

 Kuwait                                                           KU

 

 

 Laos                                                             LA

 

 Lebanon                                                          LE

 

 Lesotho                                                          LT

 

 Liberia                                                          LI

 

 Libya                                                            LY

 

 Liechtenstein                                                    LS

 

 Luxembourg                                                       LU

 

 Macao                                                            MC

 

 Madagascar                                                       MA

 

 Malawi                                                           MI

 

 Malaysia                                                         MY

 

 Maldives                                                         MV

 

 Mali                                                             ML

 

 Malta                                                            MT

 

 Martinique                                                       MB

 

 Mauritania                                                       MR

 

 Mauritius                                                        MP

 

 Mexico                                                           MX

 

 Midway Islands                                                   MQ

 

 Monaco                                                           MN

 

 Mongolia                                                         MG

 

 Montserrat                                                       MH

 

 Morocco                                                          MO

 

 Mozambique                                                       MZ

 

 

 Nauru                                                            NR

 

 Navassa Island                                                   BQ

 

 Nepal                                                            NP

 

 Netherlands (Also called Holland)                                NL

 

 Netherlands Antilles                                             NA

 

 New Caledonia                                                    NC

 

 Vanuatu (Also called New Hebrides)                               NH

 

 New Zealand                                                      NZ

 

 Nicaragua                                                        NU

 

 Niger                                                            NG

 

 Nigeria                                                          NI

 

 Niue                                                             NE

 

 Norfolk Island                                                   NF

 

 Northern Ireland                                                 UK

 

 Norway                                                           NO

 

 Oman                                                             MU

 

 

 Pakistan                                                         PK

 

 Panama                                                           PM

 

 Papua-New Guinea                                                 PP

 

 Paracel Islands                                                  PF

 

 Paraguay                                                         PA

 

 Peru                                                             PE

 

 Philippines                                                      RP

 

 Pitcairn                                                         PC

 

 Poland                                                           PL

 

 Portugal                                                         PO

 

 Portuguese Timor                                                 PT

 

 Puerto Rico                                                      RQ

 

 Qatar                                                            QA

 

 Reunion                                                          RE

 

 Romania                                                          RO

 

 Rwanda                                                           RW

 

 

 St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla (Also called St. Kitts)           SC

 

 St. Helena                                                       SH

 

 St. Lucia                                                        ST

 

 St. Pierre & Miquelon                                            SB

 

 St. Vincent                                                      VC

 

 San Marino                                                       SM

 

 Sao Tome and Principe                                            TP

 

 Saudi Arabia                                                     SA

 

 Scotland                                                         UK

 

 Senegal                                                          SG

 

 Seychelles                                                       SE

 

 Sierra Leone                                                     SL

 

 Singapore                                                        SN

 

 Solomon Islands                                                  BP

 

 Somalia                                                          SO

 

 South Africa                                                     SF

 

 Southern Rhodesia                                                RH

 

 South-West Africa (Also called Namibia)                          WA

 

 Spain                                                            SP

 

 Spratly Islands                                                  PG

 

 Sri Lanka (Also called Ceylon)                                   CE

 

 Sudan                                                            SU

 

 Surinam                                                          NS

 

 Svalbard & Jan Mayen                                             JS

 

 Swaziland                                                        WZ

 

 Sweden                                                           SW

 

 Switzerland                                                      SZ

 

 Syria                                                            SY

 

 

 Tanzania                                                         TZ

 

 Thailand                                                         TH

 

 Togo                                                             TO

 

 Tokelau Islands                                                  TL

 

 Tonga                                                            TN

 

 Trinidad & Tobago                                                TD

 

 Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands                           TQ

 

 Tunisia                                                          TS

 

 Turkey                                                           TU

 

 Turks & Caicos Islands                                           TK

 

 Tuvalu (Also called Ellice Islands)                              TV

 

 Uganda                                                           UG

 

 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics                              UR

 

 United Arab Emirates                                             TC

 

 United Kingdom                                                   UK

 

 United States                                                    US

 

 Upper Volta                                                      UV

 

 Uruguay                                                          UY

 

 Vatican City                                                     VT

 

 Venezuela                                                        VE

 

 Vietnam                                                          VM

 

 Virgin Islands of the U.S.                                       VQ

 

 Wake Island                                                      WQ

 

 Wales                                                            UK

 

 Wallis & Futuna                                                  WF

 

 Western Sahara                                                   WI

 

 Western Samoa                                                    WS

 

 Yemen (South)                                                    YS

 

 Yemen (North)                                                    YE

 

 Yugoslavia                                                       YO

 

 Zaire                                                            CG

 

 Zambia                                                           ZA

 

 Zimbabwe                                                         RH

 

 

PART B. CASSETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the cassette file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 In most instances, IRS will be able to process any compatible cassette files. IRS has a Burroughs B 94 model mini-computer with free standing NRZ and PE cassette devices, style B 9497-11 and B 9497-15, respectively. We understand that most Burroughs B 90 series mini-computers will produce compatible cassettes.

.03 A cassette contains a minimum of 282 feet (86m) of 2 track recording tape and a minimum of 6 inches (15.24 cm) of clear leader at both ends of the tape.

.04 Data is recorded on the cassette at a maximum density of 800 bits per inch (BPI) for NRZ cassettes and 1600 BPI for PE cassettes.

.05 The recording technique is either non-return to zero (NRZ) or Phase Encoded (PE).

.06 When the NRZ technique is used, both tracks of the cassette are recorded simultaneously; data is recorded on one track and a synchronizing clock impulse is recorded on the other.

.07 When the PE technique is used, there is no requirement for a separate clock pulse track; one track is recorded when the cassette is driven in one direction, and the other track is recorded when the tape drive is driven in the other direction. Therefore, two PE data tracks can be recorded over the full length of the tape.

.08 The data is recorded in blocks of characters, separated by interblock gaps (IBGs). Records may not span blocks.

.09 The recording mode is 9 channel ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) or EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code).

.10 The industry standard for cassettes is odd parity.

.11 The maximum block size is 256 characters.

.12 Each block of characters is followed by two 8 bit Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) characters which serve as a parity check on the data block during reading operations.

.13 The data characters plus the CRC characters are preceded and followed by a Preamble character and a Postamble character which serve to delimit the data block.

.14 Tape marks which consist of a fixed number of null characters (all zero bits) are used to delimit logical portions of the cassette and also to mark the end of the file of data.

.15 Cassettes may be either labeled or unlabeled.

.16 Each block of data, including tape marks, are separated from the next block by the interblock gap (IBGs). The IBG is 1.4 inches (3.5 cm) in length. A tape mark length is approximately 6 inches (15 cm) in length.

.17 The beginning of the tape is marked by a BOT mark. This is a hole in the tape used to define the start of the recording tape. It is recommended that a tape mark, preamble character, null character (one character in which all bits are zero), a postamble character and ending label be placed on the cassette immediately after end of tape (EOT) is reached.

.18 An external label, Form 5064, must appear on each cassette submitted for processing. The following information is needed:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code.

(c) State of sender (e.g., NY).

(d) Tape density.

(e) Check box (magnetic tape filers only).

(f) Track (magnetic tape filers only).

(g) Recording code (e.g., EBCDIC or ASCII).

(h) The tax year of the data (e.g., 1986).

(i) Document types (e.g., 1099 INT).

(j) The total number of "B" Records after each "A" Record (this figure is taken from the "C" Records).

(k) A number assigned by the transmitter to the tape.

(l) The sequence of each cassette (e.g., 001 of 008).

The external media label, Form 5064, was updated for tax year 1986. You must use the updated label. This information will assist IRS in processing the file or in locating a file, should the transmitter request that it be returned due to errors. IRS advises that special shipping containers not be used for transmitting data since it cannot be guaranteed that they will be returned.

SEC. 2. RECORD LENGTH

.01 The cassette records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked or unblocked, subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 256 cassette positions.

(b) A record must be a minimum of 200 positions and a maximum of 256 positions. Due to this restriction, cassette filers may not participate in the Combined Federal / State Program; cassette filers may only report a maximum of six payment amounts for any single record; also, Forms 1099 A, 1099 B and W 2G cannot be filed on cassette.

(c) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's. DO NOT PAD A BLOCK WITH BLANKS.

(d) All records except the Header and Trailer Labels, may be blocked.

(e) Records may not span blocks.

SEC. 3. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

.01 Identifies the payer and transmitter of the cassette file and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a cassette will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. After the header label on the cassette, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. For cassette filing, the actual record lengths for the "A" and "B" Records must agree with whatever is entered in cassette positions 28-30 and 31-33 of the "A" Record. A transmitter may include Payee "B" Records for more than one payer on a cassette; however, each GROUP of Payee "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record. A single cassette may also contain different types of returns, but the types of returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each type of return being reported. An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record. For cassette files, do not begin any record at the end of a block and continue the same record into the next block.

.03 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.04 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 

 2          Payment Year          1     REQUIRED. Must be the right

 

                                        most digit of the year for

 

                                        which information is being

 

                                        reported. (e.g., if payments

 

                                        were made in 1986, enter

 

                                        "6"). Must be incremented

 

                                        each year.

 

 

 3-5        Cassette              3     REQUIRED. The cassette

 

            Sequence                    sequence number incremented

 

            Number                      by 1, for each cassette tape

 

                                        on the file starting with 001.

 

                                        (Blanks are acceptable or all

 

                                        zeros.)

 

 

 6-14       Payer's               9     REQUIRED. Must be the valid

 

            Federal EIN                 9-digit number assigned the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL

 

                                        9s OR ALL ZEROS. (Also see

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.07.)

 

 

 15-16      Blank                 2     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 17         Type of               1     REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

            Return                      code from table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return           Code

 

                                        1098                       3

 

                                        1099-DIV                   1

 

                                        1099-G                     F

 

                                        1099-INT                   6

 

                                        1099-MISC                  A

 

                                        1099-OID                   D

 

                                        1099-PATR                  7

 

                                        1099-R                     9

 

                                        5498                       L

 

            NOTE: Forms 1099-A, 1099-B and W-2G cannot be filed on

 

            cassette due to the 256 character record restriction.

 

 

 18-23      Amount                6     REQUIRED. In most cases, the

 

            Indicators                  boxes or Amount Indicators on

 

                                        paper information returns

 

                                        correspond with the Amount

 

                                        Codes used to file on magnetic

 

                                        media; however, should you

 

                                        notice discrepancies between

 

                                        this revenue procedure and

 

                                        paper forms, please disregard

 

                                        them and program according to

 

                                        this revenue procedure for

 

                                        your returns filed on magnetic

 

                                        media. For specific

 

                                        instructions on information

 

                                        to be reported in each Amount

 

                                        Code, refer to the 1986

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G."

 

                                        The amount indicators entered

 

                                        for a given type of return

 

                                        indicate type(s) of payment(s)

 

                                        which were made. For each

 

                                        Amount Code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding

 

                                        payment amount must appear in

 

                                        the Payee "B" Record. Example:

 

                                        If position 17 of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                        is "6" (for 1099-INT) and

 

                                        positions 18-23 are "123bbb,"

 

                                        this indicates that 3 payment

 

                                        amount fields are present in

 

                                        all of the following Payee "B"

 

                                        Records. The first payment

 

                                        amount field in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record will represent Earnings

 

                                        from savings and loan

 

                                        associations, credit unions,

 

                                        bank deposits, bearer

 

                                        certificates of deposit, etc.,

 

                                        the second will represent

 

                                        Amount of forfeiture, and the

 

                                        third will represent Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld. Enter the

 

                                        Amount Indicators in ASCENDING

 

                                        SEQUENCE (i.e., 1247bb),

 

                                        left-justify, filling unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For any

 

                                        further clarification of the

 

                                        Amount Indicator codes, you

 

                                        may contact the IRS National

 

                                        Computer Center.

 

 

            Amount Indicators Form      For Reporting Interest

 

            1098--Mortgage Interest     Received from Payer(s) on Form

 

            Statement                   1098:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                         Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Mortgage interest

 

                                                received from payer(s)

 

                                           2    Optional field for

 

                                                items such as real

 

                                                estate taxes or

 

                                                insurance paid from

 

                                                escrow

 

 

            NOTE: THE PERSON FOR WHOM YOU ARE RECEIVING THE INTEREST

 

            NEED NOT FILE FORM 1098, AND NO ADDITIONAL REPORTING IS

 

            REQUIRED FOR THE TRANSFER OF INTEREST FROM THE SERVICING

 

            BANK TO THE LENDER.

 

 

            Amount Indicators Form      For Reporting a maximum of six

 

            1099-DIV--Dividends         Payments on Form 1099-DIV:

 

            and Distributions

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                         Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Gross dividends and

 

                                                other distributions on

 

                                                stock

 

                                           2    Dividends qualifying

 

                                                for exclusion

 

                                           3    Dividends not

 

                                                qualifying for

 

                                                exclusion

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           5    Capital gain

 

                                                distributions

 

                                           6    Nontaxable

 

                                                distributions (if

 

                                                determinable)

 

                                           7    Foreign tax paid

 

                                           8    Cash liquidation

 

                                                distributions

 

                                           9    Noncash liquidation

 

                                                distributions (Show

 

                                                fair market value)

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-G--               1099-G:

 

            Certain Government          Amount

 

            Payments                     Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Unemployment

 

                                                compensation

 

                                           2    State or local income

 

                                                tax refunds

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           5    Discharge of

 

                                                indebtedness

 

                                           6    Taxable grants

 

                                           7    Agriculture payments

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-INT--             1099-INT:

 

            Interest Income             Amount

 

                                         Code   Amount Type

 

                                           1    Earnings from savings

 

                                                and loan associations,

 

                                                credit unions, bank

 

                                                deposits, bearer

 

                                                certificates of

 

                                                deposit, etc.

 

                                           2    Amount of forfeiture

 

                                           3    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           4    Foreign tax paid (if

 

                                                eligible for foreign

 

                                                tax credit)

 

                                           5    U.S. Savings Bonds,

 

                                                etc.

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting a maximum of six

 

            Form 1099-MISC--            Payments on Form 1099-MISC:

 

            Miscellaneous Income        Amount

 

            (See Notes 1, 2, and 3)      Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Rents

 

                                           2    Royalties

 

                                           3    Prizes and awards

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           5    Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                           6    Medical and health

 

                                                care payments

 

                                           7    Nonemployee

 

                                                compensation

 

                                           8    Direct sales

 

                                                "indicator" (see NOTE

 

                                                1)

 

                                           9    Substitute payments in

 

                                                lieu of dividends or

 

                                                interest (see NOTE 2)

 

 

            NOTE 1: Use Amount Code "8" to report that direct sales of

 

            consumer products of $5,000 or more to the payee on a

 

            buy-sell, deposit-commission, or other basis for resale

 

            were made. Do not use this indicator for amounts of less

 

            than $5,000. The use of Amount Code "8" actually reflects

 

            an indicator of direct sales and not an actual payment

 

            amount or amount code. The corresponding payment amount

 

            field in the Payee "B" Record MUST be reflected as

 

            0000000100. This does not mean that a payment of $1.00 was

 

            made or is being reported. The use of Amount Code "8"

 

            relates directly to cassette position "4," Document

 

            Specific Code and NOTE 2 of the Payment Amount Field in

 

            the Payee "B" Record. (If you use Amount Code "8" in the

 

            "A" Record, you will enter a "1" in cassette position "4"

 

            of the "B" Record. For any other 1099-MISC Amount Codes,

 

            you will enter a "0" (zero) in cassette position "4" of

 

            the "B" Record.)

 

 

            NOTE 2: Brokers are subject to a reporting requirement for

 

            payments received after 1984. Brokers who transfer

 

            securities of a customer for use in a short sale must use

 

            Amount Code 9 to report the aggregate payments received in

 

            lieu of dividends or tax-exempt interest on behalf of a

 

            customer while the short sale was open. Generally, for

 

            substitute payments in lieu of dividends, a broker is

 

            required to file a Form 1099-MISC for each affected

 

            customer who is not an individual. Refer to the 1986

 

            "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G"

 

            for detailed information. The instructions are available

 

            from IRS offices.

 

 

            NOTE 3: If you are reporting Excess Golden Parachute

 

            Payments, use paper Forms 1099-MISC. Do not report these

 

            payments on magnetic media. See Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

            definition of an Excess Golden Parachute Payment.

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-OID--             1099-OID:

 

            Original Issue              Amount

 

            Discount                     Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Total original issue

 

                                                discount for 1986

 

                                           2    Other periodic

 

                                                interest (the regular

 

                                                interest paid on this

 

                                                obligation without

 

                                                regard to any original

 

                                                issue discount)

 

                                           3    Amount of forfeiture

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting a maximum of six

 

            Form 1099-PATR--            Payments on Form 1099-PATR:

 

            Taxable Distributions

 

            Received From               Amount

 

            Cooperatives                 Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Patronage dividends

 

                                           2    Nonpatronage

 

                                                distributions

 

                                           3    Per-unit retain

 

                                                allocations

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           5    Redemption of

 

                                                nonqualified notices

 

                                                and retain allocations

 

                                           6    Investment credit (See

 

                                                NOTE)

 

                                           7    Energy investment

 

                                                credit (See NOTE)

 

                                           8    Jobs credit (See NOTE)

 

 

            NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators "6," "7" and

 

            "8" must be reported to the payee; however, since these

 

            amounts are not taxable, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting a maximum of six

 

            Form 1099-R--               Payments on Form 1099-R:

 

            Total Distributions

 

            From Profit-Sharing,        Amount

 

            Retirement Plans,            Code   Amount Type

 

            Individual Retirement          1    Amount includable as

 

            Arrangements,                       income (add amounts in

 

            Insurance Contracts,                codes 2 and 3)

 

            etc. (See NOTE)                2    Capital gain (for

 

                                                lump-sum distributions

 

                                                only)

 

                                           3    Ordinary income

 

                                           4    Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           5    Employee contributions

 

                                                (profit-sharing or

 

                                                retirement plans) or

 

                                                insurance premiums

 

                                           6    IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                                distributions

 

                                           7    State income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                           8    Net unrealized

 

                                                appreciation in

 

                                                employer's securities

 

                                           9    Other

 

 

            NOTE: A distribution from a KEOGH plan should be reported

 

            in Amount Codes 1, 2 or 3 as appropriate.

 

 

            Amount Indicators           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 5498--Individual       5498:

 

            Retirement Arrangement      Amount

 

            Information                  Code   Amount Type

 

 

                                           1    Regular SEP

 

                                                contributions made in

 

                                                1986 and 1987 for

 

                                                1986. Include only

 

                                                employer contributions

 

                                                here. Enter any

 

                                                employee contributions

 

                                                to a SEP in Code 3.

 

                                           2    Rollover IRA, SEP or

 

                                                DEC contributions

 

                                           3    Regular IRA or DEC

 

                                                contributions made in

 

                                                1986 and 1987 for 1986

 

                                           4    Life insurance cost

 

                                                included in Code 1 or

 

                                                3 (for endowment

 

                                                contracts only)

 

 

            NOTE: Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied

 

            to 1986 that are made between January 1, 1986, and April

 

            15, 1987.

 

 

 24-27      Blank                 4     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 28-30      "A" Record            3     REQUIRED. Enter the number of

 

            Length                      positions used or that you

 

                                        have allowed for the "A"

 

                                        Record. For cassette filing,

 

                                        the "actual" record length

 

                                        must agree with whatever you

 

                                        enter in this field. The

 

                                        record must not exceed 256

 

                                        characters.

 

 

 31-33      "B" Record            3     REQUIRED. Enter the number of

 

            Length                      positions used or that you

 

                                        have allowed for the "B"

 

                                        Record. For cassette filing,

 

                                        the "actual" record length

 

                                        must agree with whatever you

 

                                        enter in this field. The

 

                                        record must not exceed 256

 

                                        characters.

 

 

 34         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 35-39      Transmitter           5     REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 15 for a definition of

 

                                        Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        (TCC). You must have a TCC to

 

                                        file actual data on this

 

                                        program.

 

 

 40         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 41-80      First                40     REQUIRED. Must be present or

 

            Payer Name                  files will be returned for

 

                                        correction. Enter the name of

 

                                        the payer in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted

 

                                        from the name line. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

                                        NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM

 

                                        1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 81-119     Second               39     REQUIRED. The contents of this

 

            Payer Name                  field are dependent upon the

 

                                        TRANSFER AGENT INDICATOR in

 

                                        position 120 of this record.

 

                                        If the Transfer Agent

 

                                        Indicator contains a "1", this

 

                                        field will contain the name of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field will contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name field or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. IF NO

 

                                        ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                                        FIELD, FILL WITH BLANKS. (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

                                        definition of Transfer Agent.)

 

 

 120        Transfer              1     REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Name

 

            Indicator                   field. (See Part A, Sec. 15

 

                                        for a definition of Transfer

 

                                        Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code    Meaning

 

                                         1      The entity in the

 

                                                Second Payer Name

 

                                                field is the Transfer

 

                                                Agent.

 

                                         0      The entity shown is

 

                                        (zero)  not the Transfer Agent

 

                                                (i.e., the Second

 

                                                Payer Name field

 

                                                contains either a

 

                                                continuation of the

 

                                                First Payer Name field

 

                                                or blanks).

 

 

 121-160    Payer                40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Shipping                    AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

            Address                     120 is a "1", enter the

 

                                        shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the shipping address of

 

                                        the payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 161-200    Payer City,          40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            State and                   AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

            ZIP Code                    120 is a "1", enter the City,

 

                                        State, and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the City, State, and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the payer. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

 

 201-256    Blank                56     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 4. PAYEE "B" RECORD-GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

.01 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment information from the individual statements. When filing information documents on cassette(s), the format for the Payee "B" Records will vary in relation to the number of payment amount fields being reported. The number of payment amount fields will depend upon the number of Payment Amount Indicator Codes used in positions 18-23 of the Payer / Transmitter "A" Record. For example, if you are reporting 1099 INT, position 17 of the Payer / Transmitter "A" Record will be coded with a "6". If the Amount Indicators used to report this interest are Amount Codes "1", "2", and "3", then cassette positions 18-23 of the "A" Record will be coded "123bbb" (b represents a blank position). To correspond with Amount Indicators "1", "2", and "3" of the "A" Record, the "B" Record will contain three payment amount fields. Cassette positions 31-40 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "1" (Earnings from savings and loan associations, credit unions, bank deposits, bearer certificates of deposits, etc.); cassette positions 41-50 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "2" (Amount of forfeiture); and cassette positions 51-60 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "3" (Federal income tax withheld). The First Payee Name Line must begin immediately after the last payment amount that is indicated as being used. In this example, the First Payee Name Line would begin in cassette position 61.

.02 All records must be a fixed length. Records may not span blocks. A block may not exceed 256 positions. DO NOT PAD A BLOCK WITH BLANKS. If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s.

.03 All payee records must contain correct payee name and address information entered in the fields prescribed in this section. Records containing an invalid TIN (SSN or EIN) and having no address data present may be returned for correction. In searching for a payee address, if your efforts fail and you know that the address is invalid, supply the invalid address rather than leave the field blank.

.04 IRS must be able to identify the surname associated with the TIN (SSN or EIN) furnished on a statement. The specifications below include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four alphabetic characters of the payee's surname or last name are to be entered by the payer. The surname or last name should appear first in the First Payee Name Line of all Payee "B" Records; however, if your records have been developed using the first name first, IRS programs will accept this but a blank must appear between the first and last name.

.05 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last name.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record must be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.06 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.07 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ERRONEOUS NOTICES BEING MAILED TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THEIR TAXPAYERS NAMES, SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS (SSNs), ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME, AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT. ALTHOUGH IRS ENCOURAGES PAYERS TO FILL IN THE PAYER'S ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE FIELD, THEY SHOULD NOT INCLUDE EXTRANEOUS DIGITS AS THIS FIELD IS LIMITED, IN MAGNETIC MEDIA FILING, TO 10 POSITIONS.

.08 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 2-3        Payment Year          2     REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                        digits of the year for which

 

                                        payments are being reported

 

                                        (e.g., if payments were made

 

                                        in 1986, enter "86"). Must be

 

                                        incremented each year.

 

 

 4-5        Document              2     REQUIRED for Forms 1099-R,

 

            Specific                    1099-MISC, and 1099-G. For

 

            Code                        Form 1099-R, enter the

 

                                        appropriate code for the

 

                                        Category of Total

 

                                        Distribution. For Form

 

                                        1099-MISC, enter the

 

                                        appropriate code for Direct

 

                                        Sales. For Form 1099-G, enter

 

                                        the year of income tax refund.

 

                                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, ENTER

 

                                        BLANK. If only one code is

 

                                        used, left-justify and blank

 

                                        fill.

 

 

                                        (In prior years, cassette

 

                                        position 5 was used as a

 

                                        corrected return indicator.

 

                                        This position was needed for

 

                                        the Document Specific Code.

 

                                        Cassette position 6 now

 

                                        represents a corrected return.

 

                                        You must adjust your

 

                                        programs.)

 

 

            Category of                 Use only for reporting on

 

            Total                       Form 1099-R to identify the

 

            Distribution                Category of Total

 

            (Form 1099-R                Distribution. You may select

 

            only)                       two codes except when using

 

                                        Code 9. Enter the applicable

 

                                        code from the table below.

 

                                        Code 7 below is not required

 

                                        for Amount Indicators 1, 2,

 

                                        and 3. A "0" (zero) is not a

 

                                        valid code for Form 1099-R. If

 

                                        you are reporting a

 

                                        distribution from a KEOGH

 

                                        plan, or from any other

 

                                        distribution, to which the

 

                                        following codes do not apply,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Premature distribution     1

 

                                         (other than codes 2, 3,

 

                                         4, 5, 8, or P)

 

                                        Rollover                   2

 

                                        Disability                 3

 

                                        Death (includes payments   4

 

                                         to a beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction     5

 

                                        Other                      6

 

                                        Normal IRA, SEP or DEC     7

 

                                         distributions

 

                                        Excess contributions       8

 

                                         refunded plus earnings

 

                                         on such excess

 

                                         contributions

 

                                        PS 58 Costs (see NOTE)     9

 

                                        Excess contributions       P

 

                                         refunded plus earnings

 

                                         on such excess

 

                                         contributions taxable

 

                                         in 1985

 

                                        Qualifies for 10-year      A

 

                                         averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death        B

 

                                         benefit exclusion

 

                                        Qualifies for both A       C

 

                                         and B

 

 

                                        NOTE: PS 58 Costs may be

 

                                        reported on Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, Form W-2P (filed with

 

                                        SSA) is preferable. Since this

 

                                        is not actually a total

 

                                        distribution, a separate "B"

 

                                        Record is required to report

 

                                        PS 58 Costs. These costs may

 

                                        not be reported in combination

 

                                        with a total distribution.

 

                                        Refer to the 1986

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G,"

 

                                        available from IRS offices.

 

 

            Direct Sales                Use only for direct sales

 

            (Form 1099-MISC             reporting on Form 1099-MISC.

 

            only)                       If sales to the recipient of

 

                                        consumer products on a

 

                                        buy-sell, deposit-commission,

 

                                        or any other basis for resale,

 

                                        have amounted to $5,000 or

 

                                        more, ENTER "1". If you are

 

                                        filing 1099-MISC, with an

 

                                        Amount Indicator of "8" in the

 

                                        "A" Record, you must enter a

 

                                        code "1" in this field. For

 

                                        all other 1099-MISC Amount

 

                                        Codes in the "A" Record, enter

 

                                        a "0" (zero) in this field.

 

                                        (In Part B, Sec. 3,

 

                                        information concerning the

 

                                        direct sales indicator can be

 

                                        found under Amount Indicators,

 

                                        Form 1099-MISC, NOTE 1 in the

 

                                        "A" Record.) This code should

 

                                        appear in position "4."

 

                                        Position "5" will be blank.

 

 

            Refund is for               Use only for reporting the tax

 

            Tax Year                    year for which the refund was

 

            (Form 1099-G                issued. If the payment amount

 

            only)                       field associated with Amount

 

                                        Indicator 2, Income Tax

 

                                        Refunds, contains a refund,

 

                                        credit or offset that is

 

                                        attributable to an income tax

 

                                        that applies exclusively to

 

                                        income from a trade or

 

                                        business and is not of general

 

                                        application, then enter the

 

                                        ALPHA equivalent of the year

 

                                        of refund from the table

 

                                        below. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                        NUMERIC Year for which the

 

                                        refund was issued. This code

 

                                        should appear in position 4.

 

                                        Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                         Year for which        Alpha

 

                                        Refund was Issued   Equivalent

 

                                               1                A

 

                                               2                B

 

                                               3                C

 

                                               4                D

 

                                               5                E

 

                                               6                F

 

                                               7                G

 

                                               8                H

 

                                               9                I

 

                                               0                J

 

 

 6          Blank or              1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

            Corrected                   (Reserved for IRS use).

 

            Return                      Cassette position 6 is used to

 

            Indicator                   indicate a corrected return.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for

 

                                        specific instructions on how

 

                                        to file corrected returns

 

                                        using magnetic media. IN PRIOR

 

                                        YEARS, CASSETTE POSITION 5 WAS

 

                                        USED AS THE CORRECTED RETURN

 

                                        INDICATOR. THIS HAS NOW

 

                                        CHANGED TO POSITION 6. YOU

 

                                        MUST ADJUST YOUR PROGRAMS.

 

 

 7-10       Name Control          4     REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                        letters of the surname of the

 

                                        payee. Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) letters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF

 

                                        A BUSINESS NAME, LEAVE THIS

 

                                        FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        The following examples may be

 

                                        helpful to you in developing

 

                                        the Name Control:

 

 

                                                                Name

 

                                        Name                   Control

 

                                        John Brown             BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee            LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En Sr.        EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill           ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren         VANB

 

                                        John Diben Edetto      DIBE

 

                                        Juan De Jesus          DEJE

 

                                        John A. El-Roy         EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith         SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy           MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes     TORR

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro      DALL

 

 

                                        /*/ Name Controls of less than

 

                                        four (4) significant

 

                                        characters must be

 

 

                                        left-justified and blank

 

                                        filled.

 

 

 11         Type of TIN           1     REQUIRED. This field is used

 

                                        to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 12-20 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or the reason no

 

                                        number is shown. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

                                           1     EIN  A business or an

 

                                                      organization

 

                                           2     SSN  An individual

 

                                         blank   N/A  If the type of

 

                                                      TIN is

 

                                                      undeterminable,

 

                                                      enter a blank.

 

                                                      If a number is

 

                                                      unobtainable due

 

                                                      to legitimate

 

                                                      cause; e.g.,

 

                                                      number applied

 

                                                      for but not

 

                                                      received, enter

 

                                                      a blank.

 

 

 12-20      Taxpayer              9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

            Identification              9-digit Taxpayer

 

            Number                      Identification Number of the

 

                                        payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                        appropriate). Where an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received

 

                                        or where there is any other

 

                                        legitimate cause for not

 

                                        having an identification

 

                                        number, enter blanks. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.

 

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. Any record containing

 

                                        an invalid identification

 

                                        number in this field will be

 

                                        returned for correction.

 

 

 21-30      Payer's Account       10    REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

            Number for Payee            field to enter the payee's

 

                                        account number. The use of

 

                                        this item will facilitate easy

 

                                        reference to specific records

 

                                        in the payer's file should any

 

                                        questions arise. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                        NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. An

 

                                        account number can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (i.e.,

 

                                        checking account, savings

 

                                        account, etc.). THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT

 

                                        WITH YOU AND SHOULD BE UNIQUE

 

                                        TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC

 

                                        TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                        ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                        RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                        information will be

 

                                        particularly necessary if you

 

                                        need to file a corrected

 

                                        return. You are strongly

 

                                        encouraged to use this field.

 

                                        You may use any number that

 

                                        will help identify the

 

                                        particular transaction that

 

                                        you are reporting. If a number

 

                                        is not determinable, enter

 

                                        blanks. If fewer than ten

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        right-justify filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

            Payment                     The number of payment amounts

 

            Amount Fields               is dependent upon and must

 

            (Must be Numeric)           agree with the number of

 

                                        Amount Indicators present in

 

                                        positions 18-23 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. For cassette filers, a

 

                                        maximum of six payment amounts

 

                                        may be present. THE FIRST

 

                                        PAYEE NAME LINE MUST APPEAR

 

                                        IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE LAST

 

                                        PAYMENT AMOUNT INDICATED AS

 

                                        BEING USED. For example, if

 

                                        you are reporting 1099-INT and

 

                                        you used only Amount Indicator

 

                                        "3" in the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                        "A" Record, then you will only

 

                                        use one ten position payment

 

                                        amount in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record, right-justified, and

 

                                        the First Payee Name Line will

 

                                        begin in position 41. Each

 

                                        payment field that you allow

 

                                        for, or use, must contain 10

 

                                        numeric characters (see NOTE

 

                                        1). Do not provide a payment

 

                                        amount field when the

 

                                        corresponding Amount Indicator

 

                                        in the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record is blank. Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in

 

                                        dollars and cents. Do not

 

                                        enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                        decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                        PAYMENTS. Example: If the

 

                                        Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "123bbb", the

 

                                        Payee "B" Records must have

 

                                        only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                                        If Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "12367b", the "B"

 

                                        Records must have only 5

 

                                        payment amount three payment

 

                                        amount fields. Payment amounts

 

                                        MUST be right-justified and

 

                                        unused positions MUST be zero

 

                                        filled. Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld is not reported as a

 

                                        negative amount.

 

 

                                        NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                                        amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                        (dollars and cents), as many

 

                                        SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                                        necessary to contain the total

 

                                        amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                        the Payee.

 

 

                                        NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC

 

                                        and use Amount Code "8" in the

 

                                        Amount Indicator field of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record,

 

                                        you must enter 0000000100 in

 

                                        the corresponding Payment

 

                                        Amount Field. This will not

 

                                        represent an actual money

 

                                        amount; this is an indicator

 

                                        of direct sales. (Refer to

 

                                        Part B, Sec. 3, NOTE 1, of the

 

                                        Amount Indicators, Form

 

                                        1099-MISC, for clarification.)

 

 

 31-40      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 1                    the indicator in position 18

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. This amount must

 

                                        always be present.

 

 

 DETERMINE AT THIS POINT THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT FIELDS TO BE REPORTED

 

 WITHIN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. THIS CAN BE DETERMINED FROM THE NUMBER

 

 OF AMOUNT INDICATORS APPEARING IN POSITIONS 18-23 OF THE

 

 PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD.

 

 

 41-50      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the indicator in position 19

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. If position 19 is

 

                                        blank, do not provide for this

 

                                        payment amount.

 

 51-60      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the indicator in position 20

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. If position 20 is

 

                                        blank, do not provide for this

 

                                        payment amount.

 

 61-70      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the indicator in position 21

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. If position 21 is

 

                                        blank, do not provide for this

 

                                        payment amount.

 

 71-80      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the indicator in position 22

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. If position 22 is

 

                                        blank, do not provide for this

 

                                        payment amount.

 

 81-90      Payment               10    This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the indicator in position 23

 

                                        of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. If position 23 is

 

                                        blank, do not provide for this

 

                                        payment amount.

 

 

 THE NEXT 160 POSITIONS MUST BEGIN IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE LAST PAYMENT

 

 AMOUNT FIELD INDICATED AS BEING USED. THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT AMOUNT

 

 FIELDS IS DETERMINED BY THE NUMBER OF AMOUNT INDICATORS IN POSITIONS

 

 18-23 OF THE PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD. (See Part B, Sec. 4.01 for

 

 an example.)

 

 

            First Payee           40    REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. If you use all

 

                                        payment amounts, the First

 

                                        Payee Name Line will begin in

 

                                        cassette position 91. Enter

 

                                        the name of the payee

 

                                        (preferably surname first)

 

                                        whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number appears in positions

 

                                        12-20 above. If fewer than 40

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field below. If

 

                                        there are multiple payees,

 

                                        only the name of the payee

 

                                        whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number has been provided

 

                                        should be entered in this

 

                                        field. The names of the other

 

                                        payees should be entered in

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

            Second Payee          40    REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        provided in positions 12-20

 

                                        above. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

            Payee Mailing         40    REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

            Payee City            29    REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "1"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.

 

 

            Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "1" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

            Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Code Postal Service. If

 

                                        only the first 5 digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. Use this field for the

 

                                        ZIP Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "1" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 THE FOLLOWING FIELD POSITIONS DESCRIBE PAYEE "B" RECORD POSITIONS

 

 FOLLOWING PAYEE ZIP CODE FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498. FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B

 

 AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED ON CASSETTE.

 

 

 250        Special Data                REQUIRED. This portion of the

 

            Entries                     Payee "B" Record may be used

 

                                        to record information for the

 

                                        payer. The Special Data

 

                                        Entries will begin in

 

                                        positions 201, 211, 221, 231,

 

                                        or 241 depending on the number

 

                                        of payment amounts used in the

 

                                        record. Special Data Entries

 

                                        may be used to make all

 

                                        records the same length;

 

                                        however, the "B" Record may

 

                                        not exceed 256 positions. If

 

                                        this field is not utilized,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 251-256    Blank                 6     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 5. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

.01 The Control Total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

.02 The End of Payer "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer. It MUST be the same length as the "B" Records in the payer's file.

.03 The "C" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer. The "C" Record must be written after the last Payee "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.04 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 2, and 3 of the "C" Record. Positions 53-142 would be zero filled and positions 143-256 would be blank filled in this example.

.05 Payers / Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record and must enter the totals on the transmittal Form 4804, 4802 or computer generated substitute, which will accompany the shipment. The lines used on Forms 4804 and 4802 to record payment amounts correspond with the Amount Codes used in the "A" Record. These forms have been updated for 1986.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

 2-7        Number of             6     REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of Payee "B" Records

 

                                        covered by the preceding

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 8-22       Control              15     REQUIRED. Please note that all

 

            Total 1                     Control Total fields have been

 

                                        expanded from 12 to 15

 

                                        positions. Enter accumulated

 

                                        totals from Payment Amount 1.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill

 

                                        each Control Total amount. IF

 

                                        LESS THAN NINE AMOUNT FIELDS

 

                                        ARE BEING REPORTED, ZERO FILL

 

                                        UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

            If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present in

 

            the Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate

 

            Control Total field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL

 

            FIELDS. Please note that all Control Total fields have

 

            been expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

 

 23-37      Control              15

 

            Total 2

 

 38-52      Control              15

 

            Total 3

 

 53-67      Control              15

 

            Total 4

 

 68-82      Control              15

 

            Total 5

 

 83-97      Control              15

 

            Total 6

 

 98-256     Blank               159     REQUIRED. Enter blanks. (Enter

 

                                        the appropriate number of

 

                                        blanks in order to make the

 

                                        "C" Record length equal to the

 

                                        "B" Record length.)

 

 

SEC. 6. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

.01 The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers and cassettes in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record of the entire file.

.03 Only a Tape Mark or a Tape Mark and Trailer Label may follow the "F" Record (except when fixed blocks are used; in this instance, 9s may follow the "F" Record).

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Cassette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 

 2-5        Number of             4     REQUIRED. You may enter the

 

            "A" Records                 total number of

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Records

 

                                        in this transmission. Right-

 

                                        justify and zero fill or enter

 

                                        all zeros.

 

 

 6-8        Number of             3     REQUIRED. You may enter the

 

            Cassettes                   total number of cassettes in

 

                                        this transmission. Right-

 

                                        justify and zero fill or enter

 

                                        all zeros.

 

 

 9-30        Zero                22     REQUIRED. Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-256      Blank              226     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

PART C. BURROUGHS SUPER MINIDISK SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure prescribe the required format and contents of the records to be included in the Burroughs Super Mini-Disk (BSMD) file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS in writing.

.02 IRS has a Burroughs B 94 mini-computer with 2 mini-disk drives: a Burroughs Super Mini-Disk, style B 9489-11 and a Burroughs Super Mini-Disk II, style B 9489-21.

.03 It is our understanding that most Burroughs B 90 series mini-computers will produce a mini-disk that will be compatible with our system.

.04 To be compatible, a mini-disk must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) The Burroughs Super Mini-disk is a flexible mylar disk with an iron oxide coating. The disk is 8 inches (20.3 cm) in diameter with a 1.5 inch (3.8 cm) center hole.

(b) There are 32 Sector Markers (holes) in the disk at a distance of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) from the center. These markers define the 32 sectors in which data can be recorded on each track of the disk.

(c) Recorded data is encoded using the Miller Frequency Mode (MFM) technique. Data transferred between the disk and the processor is encoded using the non return to zero (NRZ) technique.

(d) Bit serial data is written to the disk in the Burroughs standard 180 bytes per sector format.

(e) Number of usable sides is 2.

(f) Tracks per side is 88.

(g) Sectors per track is 32.

(h) Maximum recording density is 4774 bits per inch.

(i) When initializing the mini-disk, the name IRSTAX should be assigned to the mini-disk.

(j) The file name in the super mini-disk header label should be FEDMINI.

.05 Payers who can substantially conform to these specifications, but who require some minor deviations, MUST contact the National Computer Center. Under no circumstances may mini-disks deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure be submitted without prior approval from IRS. If you file under the Combined Federal / State Program, your files must conform totally to this revenue procedure.

.06 An external label must appear on each mini-disk submitted for processing. The following information is needed:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character alpha / numeric Transmitter Control Code.

(c) State of sender (e.g., NY).

(d) Checkbox (for tape filers only).

(e) Tape density (for tape filers only).

(f) Track (for tape filers only).

(g) Recording Code (ASCII for mini-disk filers).

(h) The tax year of the data (e.g., 1986).

(i) Document types (e.g., 1099 INT).

(j) The total number of "B" Records after each "A" Record (this figure is taken from the "C" Record).

(k) A number assigned by the transmitter to each mini-disk.

(l) The sequence of each mini-disk (e.g., 001 of 008).

The external media label, Form 5064, was updated for tax year 1986. You must use the updated label. This information will assist IRS in processing the file or in locating a file, should the transmitter request that it be returned due to errors. IRS advises that special shipping containers not be used for transmitting data since it cannot be guaranteed that they will be returned.

SEC. 2. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

.01 Identifies the payer and transmitter of the mini-disk and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a mini-disk will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. After the header label on the mini-disk, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. For mini-disk filing, the actual record lengths for the "A" and "B" Records must agree with whatever is entered in mini-disk positions 29-31 and 32-34 of the "A" Record. A transmitter may include Payee "B" Records for more than one payer on a mini-disk; however, each GROUP of Payee "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record. A single mini-disk may also contain different types of returns, but the types of returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each type of return being reported. The initial record on a file must be an "A" Record.

.03 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.04 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

            Sequence                    used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a Service Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYER/TRANSMITTER Record.

 

 

 3          Payment Year          1     REQUIRED. Must be the right

 

                                        most digit of the year for

 

                                        which information is being

 

                                        reported (e.g., if payments

 

                                        were made in 1986, enter "6").

 

                                        Must be incremented each year.

 

 

 4-6        Mini-Disk             3     REQUIRED. Sequence number

 

            Sequence Number             assigned by the Transmitter to

 

                                        each mini-disk starting with

 

                                        001.

 

 

 7-15       Payer's               9     REQUIRED. Must be the valid 9-

 

            Federal EIN                 digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL

 

                                        9s OR ALL ZEROS. (Also see

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.07.)

 

 

 16         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 17         Combined              1     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

            Federal/State               appropriate code from the

 

            Filer                       table below. Prior approval is

 

                                        required. A Consent Form 6847

 

                                        must be submitted to IRS

 

                                        before tax information will be

 

                                        released to the states. Refer

 

                                        to Part A, Sec. 14.11 for

 

                                        money criteria. Not all states

 

                                        participate in this program.

 

                                        If the Payer/Transmitter is

 

                                        not participating in the

 

                                        Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                                        Program, enter blanks. (Refer

 

                                        to Part A, Sec. 14 for the

 

                                        requirements that must be met

 

                                        prior to actual participation

 

                                        in this program.) Forms 1098,

 

                                        1099-A, 1099-B, and W-2G

 

                                        cannot be filed on this

 

                                        program. Filers who

 

                                        participate in this program

 

                                        must incorporate state totals

 

                                        into corresponding "K" Records

 

                                        as described in Part C, Sec.

 

                                        15.

 

                                        Code   Meaning

 

                                          1    Participating in the

 

                                               Combined Federal/State

 

                                               Filing Program.

 

                                        Blank  Not participating.

 

 

 18         Type of               1     REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

            Return                      code from table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return            Code

 

                                        1098                        3

 

                                        1099-A                      4

 

                                        1099-B                      B

 

                                        1099-DIV                    1

 

                                        1099-G                      F

 

                                        1099-INT                    6

 

                                        1099-MISC                   A

 

                                        1099-OID                    D

 

                                        1099-PATR                   7

 

                                        1099-R                      9

 

                                        5498                        L

 

                                        W-2G                        W

 

 

 19-27      Amount                9     REQUIRED. In most cases, the

 

            Indicators                  boxes or Amount Indicators on

 

                                        paper information returns

 

                                        correspond with the Amount

 

                                        Codes used to file on magnetic

 

                                        media; however, should you

 

                                        notice discrepancies between

 

                                        this revenue procedure and

 

                                        paper forms, please disregard

 

                                        them and program according to

 

                                        this revenue procedure for

 

                                        your returns filed on magnetic

 

                                        media. For specific

 

                                        instructions on information to

 

                                        be reported in each Amount

 

                                        Code, refer to the 1986

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G."

 

                                        The amount indicators entered

 

                                        for a given type of return

 

                                        indicate type(s) of payment(s)

 

                                        which were made. For each

 

                                        Amount Code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding payment

 

                                        amount must appear in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record. Example: If

 

                                        position 18 of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                        is "6" (for 1099-INT) and

 

                                        positions 19-27 are

 

                                        "123bbbbbb", this indicates

 

                                        that 3 payment amount fields

 

                                        are present in all of the

 

                                        following Payee "B" Records.

 

                                        The first payment amount field

 

                                        in the Payee "B" Record will

 

                                        represent Earnings from

 

                                        savings and loan associations,

 

                                        credit unions, bank deposits,

 

                                        bearer certificates of

 

                                        deposit, etc., the second will

 

                                        represent Amount of

 

                                        forfeiture, and the third will

 

                                        represent Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld. Enter the Amount

 

                                        Indicators in ASCENDING

 

                                        SEQUENCE (i.e., 1247bbbbb),

 

                                        left-justify, filling unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For any

 

                                        further clarification of the

 

                                        Amount Indicator codes, you

 

                                        may contact the IRS National

 

                                        Computer Center.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Mortgage Interest

 

            Form 1098 Mortgage Received from Payer(s) on Form 1098:

 

            Interest Statement Amount

 

            (See NOTE)          Code    Amount Type

 

                                  1     Mortgage interest received

 

                                        from payer(s)

 

                                  2     Optional field for items such

 

                                        as real estate taxes or

 

                                        insurance paid from escrow

 

 

 NOTE: THE PERSON FOR WHOM YOU ARE RECEIVING THE INTEREST NEED NOT FILE

 

       FORM 1098, AND NO ADDITIONAL REPORTING IS REQUIRED FOR THE

 

       TRANSFER OF THE INTEREST FROM THE SERVICING BANK TO THE LENDER.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting the Acquisition or

 

            Form 1099-A        Abandonment of Secured Property on Form

 

            Acquisition or     1099-A:

 

            Abandonment of     Amount

 

            Secured Property    Code    Amount Type

 

                                  2     Amount of debt outstanding

 

                                  3     Amount of debt satisfied

 

                                  4     Fair market value of property

 

                                        at acquisition or abandonment

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form 1099-B:

 

            Form 1099-B        Amount

 

            Proceeds From       Code    Amount Type

 

            Broker and            2     Stocks, bonds, etc. (For

 

            Barter Exchange             Forward Contracts see NOTE

 

            Transactions                below.)

 

                                  3     Bartering

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  6     Profit (or loss) realized in

 

                                        1986

 

                                  7     Unrealized profit (or loss) on

 

                                        open contracts--12/31/85

 

                                  8     Unrealized profit (or loss) on

 

                                        open contracts--12/31/86

 

                                  9     Aggregate profit (or loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

       used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward

 

       Contracts. Refer to Payee "B" Record-General Field Descriptions,

 

       Payment Amount Fields, for instructions in reporting negative

 

       amounts.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-DIV-     1099-DIV:

 

            Dividends and      Amount

 

            Distributions       Code    Amount Type

 

                                  1     Gross dividends and other

 

                                        distributions on stock

 

                                  2     Dividends qualifying for

 

                                        exclusion

 

                                  3     Dividends not qualifying for

 

                                        exclusion

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  5     Capital gain distributions

 

                                  6     Nontaxable distributions (if

 

                                        determinable)

 

                                  7     Foreign tax paid

 

                                  8     Cash liquidation distributions

 

                                  9     Noncash liquidation

 

                                        distributions (Show fair

 

                                        market value)

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form 1099-G:

 

            Form 1099-G-       Amount

 

            Certain             Code    Amount Type

 

            Government            1     Unemployment compensation

 

            Payments              2     State or local income tax

 

                                        refunds

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  5     Discharge of indebtedness

 

                                  6     Taxable grants

 

                                  7     Agriculture payments

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-INT-     1099-INT:

 

            Interest           Amount

 

            Income              Code    Amount Type

 

                                  1     Earnings from savings and loan

 

                                        associations, credit unions,

 

                                        bank deposits, bearer

 

                                        certificates of deposit, etc.

 

                                   2    Amount of forfeiture

 

                                   3    Federal income tax withheld

 

                                   4    Foreign tax paid (if eligible

 

                                        for foreign tax credit)

 

                                   5    U.S. Savings Bonds, etc.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form1099-MISC-     1099-MISC:

 

            Miscellaneous      Amount

 

            Income (See         Code    Amount Type

 

            Notes 1, 2            1     Rents

 

            and 3)                2     Royalties

 

                                  3     Prizes and awards

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  5     Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                  6     Medical and health care

 

                                        payments

 

                                  7     Nonemployee compensation

 

                                  8     Direct sales "indicator" (see

 

                                        NOTE 1)

 

                                  9     Substitute payments in lieu of

 

                                        dividends or interest (see

 

                                        NOTE 2)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Use Amount Code "8" to report that direct sales of consumer

 

         products of $5,000 or more to the payee on a buy-sell,

 

         deposit-commission, or other basis for resale where made. Do

 

         not use this indicator for sales of less than $5,000. The use

 

         of Amount Code "8" actually reflects an indicator of direct

 

         sales and not an actual payment amount or amount code. The

 

         corresponding payment amount field in the Payee "B" Record

 

         MUST be reflected as 0000000100. This does not mean that a

 

         payment of $1.00 was made or is being reported. The use of

 

         Amount Code "8" relates directly to mini-disk position 5,

 

         Document Specific Code and NOTE 2 of the Payment Amount Field

 

         in Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record. (If you use Amount Code

 

         "8" in the "A" Record, you will enter a "1" in mini-disk

 

         position "5" of Sector 1 of the "B" Record. For any other

 

         1099-MISC Amount Codes, you will enter a "0" (zero) in mini-

 

         disk position "5" of Sector 1 of the "B" Record.)

 

 

 NOTE 2: Brokers are subject to a reporting requirement for payments

 

         received after 1984. Brokers who transfer securities of a

 

         customer for use in a short sale must use Amount Code 9 to

 

         report the aggregate payments received in lieu of dividends

 

         or tax-exempt interest on behalf of a customer while the short

 

         sale was open. Generally, for substitute payments in lieu of

 

         dividends, a broker is required to file a Form 1099-MISC for

 

         each affected customer who is not an individual. Refer to the

 

         1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G"

 

         for detailed information. The instructions are available from

 

         IRS offices.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If you are reporting Excess Golden Parachute Payments, use

 

         paper forms 1099-MISC. Do not report these payments on

 

         magnetic media. See Part A, Sec. 15 for the definition of an

 

         Excess Golden Parachute Payment.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-OID-     1099-OID:

 

            Original Issue     Amount

 

            Discount            Code    Amount Type

 

                                  1     Total original issue discount

 

                                        for 1986

 

                                  2     Other periodic interest (the

 

                                        regular interest paid on this

 

                                        obligation without regard to

 

                                        any original issue discount)

 

                                  3     Amount of forfeiture

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form

 

            Form 1099-PATR-    1099-PATR:

 

            Taxable            Amount

 

            Distributions       Code    Amount Type

 

            Received From         1     Patronage dividends

 

            Cooperatives          2     Nonpatronage distributions

 

                                  3     Per-unit retain allocations

 

                                  4     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  5     Redemption of nonqualified

 

                                        notices and retain allocations

 

                                  6     Investment credit (See NOTE)

 

                                  7     Energy investment credit (See

 

                                        NOTE)

 

                                  8     Jobs credit (See NOTE)

 

 

            NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators "6," "7" and

 

            "8" must be reported to the payee; however, since these

 

            amounts are not taxable, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form 1099-R:

 

            Form 1099-R-       Amount

 

            Total               Code    Amount Type

 

            Distributions         1     Amount includable as income

 

            From Profit-                (add amounts in codes 2 and 3)

 

            Sharing,              2     Capital gain (for lump-sum

 

            Retirement Plans,           distributions only)

 

            Individual Retire-    3     Ordinary income

 

            ment Arrangements,    4     Federal income tax withheld

 

            Insurance             5     Employee contributions

 

            Contracts, Etc.             (profit-sharing or retirement

 

            (See NOTE)                  plans) or insurance premiums

 

                                  6     IRA, SEP, or DEC distributions

 

                                  7     State income tax withheld

 

                                  8     Net unrealized appreciation in

 

                                        employer's securities

 

                                  9     Other

 

 

            NOTE: A distribution from a KEOGH plan should be reported

 

            in Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3 as appropriate.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form 5498:

 

            Form 5498-         Amount

 

            Individual          Code    Amount Type

 

            Retirement            1     Regular SEP contributions made

 

            Arrangement                 in 1986 and 1987 for 1986.

 

            Information                 Include only employer

 

                                        contributions here. Enter any

 

                                        employee contributions to a

 

                                        SEP in Code 3.

 

                                  2     Rollover IRA, SEP or DEC

 

                                        contributions

 

                                  3     Regular IRA or DEC

 

                                        contributions made in 1986 and

 

                                        1987 for 1986

 

                                  4     Life insurance cost included

 

                                        in code 1 or 3 (for endowment

 

                                        contracts only)

 

 

            NOTE: Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied

 

            to 1986 that are made between January 1, 1986, and April

 

            15, 1987.

 

 

            Amount Indicators  For Reporting Payments on Form W-2G:

 

            Form W-2G-         Amount

 

            Certain Gambling    Code    Amount Type

 

            Winnings              1     Gross winnings

 

                                  2     Federal income tax withheld

 

                                  3     State income tax withheld

 

                                  7     Winnings from identical wagers

 

 

 28         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 29-31      "A" Record            3     REQUIRED. This indicates the

 

            Length                      Record Length, NOT the Sector

 

                                        Length. Enter 360.

 

 

 32-34      "B" Record            3     REQUIRED. This indicates the

 

            Length                      Record Length, NOT the Sector

 

                                        Length. Enter 360.

 

 

 35         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 36-40      Transmitter           5     REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 15 for a definition of

 

                                        Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        (TCC). You must have a TCC to

 

                                        file actual data on this

 

                                        program.

 

 

 41         Blank                 1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

 

 42-81      First                40     REQUIRED. Must be present or

 

            Payer Name                  files will be returned for

 

                                        correction. Enter the name of

 

                                        the payer in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted

 

                                        from the name line. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

                                        NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM

 

                                        1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 82-120     Second               39     REQUIRED. The contents of this

 

            Payer Name                  field are dependent upon the

 

                                        TRANSFER AGENT INDICATOR in

 

                                        position 121 of this record.

 

                                        If the Transfer Agent

 

                                        Indicator contains a "1," this

 

                                        field will contain the name of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field will contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name field or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. IF NO

 

                                        ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                                        FIELD, FILL WITH BLANKS. (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 15 for a

 

                                        definition of Transfer Agent.)

 

 

 121        Transfer              1     REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Agent Indicator             entity in the Second Payer

 

                                        Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        15 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code   Meaning

 

                                        1      The entity of the

 

                                               Second Payer Name field

 

                                               is the Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0      The entity shown is not

 

                                        (zero) the Transfer Agent

 

                                               (i.e., the Second Payer

 

                                               Name field contains

 

                                               either a continuation

 

                                               of the First Payer Name

 

                                               field or blanks).

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Use

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYER/TRANSMITTER Record.

 

 

 3-42       Payer                40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Shipping                    AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

            Address                     121 of Sector 1 is a "1",

 

                                        enter the shipping address of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the shipping address of

 

                                        the payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 43-82      Payer City, State    40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            and ZIP Code                AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                        121 of Sector 1 is a "1",

 

                                        enter the city, state and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the Transfer Agent.

 

                                        Otherwise, enter the city,

 

                                        state and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        payer. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 83-180     Blank                98     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 ADDITIONALLY, IF THE PAYER AND THE TRANSMITTER ARE THE SAME, THE "A"

 

 RECORD MAY BE TERMINATED WITH SECTOR 2 AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. HOWEVER,

 

 IF THE PAYER AND THE TRANSMITTER ARE NOT THE SAME OR THE TRANSMITTER

 

 INCLUDES FILES FOR MORE THAN ONE PAYER OR THIS IS A COMBINED

 

 FEDERAL/STATE FILING PAYER, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE REQUIRED.

 

 

 83-122     First                40     REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line of                the transmitter in the manner

 

            Transmitter                 in which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be constant

 

                                        through the entire file. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYER/TRANSMITTER Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second               40     REQUIRED. Enter the second

 

            Name Line of                name line of the transmitter.

 

            Transmitter                 Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD, FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS.

 

 

 43-82      Transmitter          40     REQUIRED. Enter the mailing

 

            Mailing                     address of the transmitter.

 

            Address                     Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 83-122     Transmitter          40     REQUIRED. Enter the City,

 

            City, State                 State, and ZIP Code of the

 

            and ZIP Code                transmitter. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 3. PAYER / TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 4. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns. For detailed descriptions of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID, 1099 PATR, 1099 R AND 5498.

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 A.

(c) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 B.

(d) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W 2G.

.02 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment information from the individual statements. When filing information documents on mini-disk(s), the format for the Payee "B" Records will vary in relation to the number of payment amount fields being reported. The number of payment amount fields will depend upon the number of Payment Amount Indicator Codes used in positions 19-27 of the Payer / Transmitter "A" Record. For example, if you are reporting 1099 INT, position 18 of the Payer / Transmitter "A" Record will be coded with a "6." If the Amount Indicators used to report this interest are Amount Codes "1," "2," and "3," then mini-disk positions 19-27 of the "A" Record will be coded "123bbbbbb" (b represents a blank position). To correspond with Amount Indicators "1," "2," and "3" of the "A" Record, the "B" Record will contain three payment amount fields. Mini-disk positions 32-41 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "1" (Earnings from savings and loan associations, credit unions, bank deposits, bearer certificates of deposit, etc.); mini-disk positions 42-51 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "2" (Amount of forfeiture); and mini-disk positions 52-61 of the "B" Record will contain the payment amount to be reported for Amount Code "3" (Federal income tax withheld). The First Payee Name Line must begin immediately after the last payment amount that is indicated as being used. In this example, the First Payee Name Line would begin in mini-disk position 62.

.03 All payee records must contain correct payee name and address information entered in the fields prescribed in this section. Records containing an invalid TIN (SSN or EIN) and having no address data present may be returned for correction. In searching for a payee address, if your efforts fail and you know that the address is invalid, supply the invalid address rather than leave the field blank.

.04 IRS must be able to identify the surname associated with the TIN (SSN or EIN) furnished on a statement. The specifications below include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four alphabetic characters of the payee's surname or last name are to be entered by the payer. The surname or last name should appear first in the First Payee Name Line of all Payee "B" Records; however, if your records have been developed using the first name first, IRS programs will accept this but a blank must appear between the first and last name.

.05 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last name.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the Payee "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record must be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.06 Provision is also made in these specifications for data entries required by state or local governments. This should minimize the Payer / Transmitter's programming burden should payers desire to report on mini-disk to state or local governments. See Part A, Sec. 14, for the Combined Federal / State filing requirements.

.07 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal / State Filing Program must have 180 position sectors. Positions 127 and 128 in the Payee "B" Records must contain the appropriate state code for the state to receive the information. The file should also meet the money criteria described in Part A, Sec. 14.11. Do not code for the states unless prior approval to participate has been granted by IRS. See Part A, Sec. 14.10 for a list of the valid participating state codes. FORMS 1098, 1099 A, 1099 B, AND W 2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING PROGRAM. Your files must meet all of the requirements specified in Part A, Sec. 14, in order to participate in this program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.09 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ERRONEOUS NOTICES BEING MAILED TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THEIR TAXPAYER NAMES, SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS (SSNs), ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME, AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT. ALTHOUGH IRS ENCOURAGES PAYERS TO FILL IN THE PAYER'S ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE FIELD, THEY SHOULD NOT INCLUDE EXTRANEOUS DIGITS AS THE FIELD IS LIMITED, IN MAGNETIC MEDIA FILING, TO 10 POSITIONS.

.10 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID, 1099 PATR, 1099 R, AND 5498.

.01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Forms 1098, 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID, 1099 PATR, 1099 R, and 5498.

.02 In most instances each Payee "B" Record described in this section will be composed of two sectors on the mini-disk with positions 1-41 being a constant format and the variance occurring in positions 42-180 of the first sector and the entire second sector. In those instances where six or more payment amount fields are reported, each Payee "B" Record will be composed of three sectors on the mini-disk with positions 1-41 of the first sector being a constant format and the variance occurring in positions 42-180 of the first sector and the entire second and third sectors.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year          2     REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                        digits of the year for which

 

                                        payments are being reported

 

                                        (e.g., if payments were made

 

                                        in 1986, enter "86"). Must be

 

                                        incremented each year.

 

 

 5-6        Document              2     REQUIRED for Forms 1099-R,

 

            Specific                    1099-MISC, and 1099-G. For

 

            Code                        Form 1099-R, enter the

 

                                        appropriate code for the

 

                                        Category of Total

 

                                        Distribution. For Form 1099-

 

                                        MISC, enter the appropriate

 

                                        code for Direct Sales. For

 

                                        Form 1099-G, enter the year of

 

                                        income tax refund. FOR ALL

 

                                        OTHER FORMS, ENTER BLANK. If

 

                                        only one code is used, left-

 

                                        justify and blank fill. (In

 

                                        prior years, mini-disk

 

                                        position 6 of the "B" Record

 

                                        was used as the corrected

 

                                        return indicator. This

 

                                        position was needed for the

 

                                        Document Specific Code. Mini-

 

                                        disk position 7 of the "B"

 

                                        Record now represents a

 

                                        corrected return. You must

 

                                        adjust your programs.)

 

 

            Category of                 Use only for reporting on Form

 

            Total Distribution          1099-R to identify the

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          Category of Total

 

                                        Distribution. You may select

 

                                        two codes except when using

 

                                        Code 9. Enter the applicable

 

                                        code from the table below.

 

                                        Code 7 below is not required

 

                                        for Amount Indicators 1, 2,

 

                                        and 3. A "0" (zero) is not a

 

                                        valid code for Form 1099-R. If

 

                                        you are reporting a

 

                                        distribution from a KEOGH plan

 

                                        or any other distribution

 

                                        where the following codes do

 

                                        not apply, enter blanks in

 

                                        this field.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Premature distribution      1

 

                                         (other than codes 2, 3,

 

                                         4, 5, 8, or P)

 

                                        Rollover                    2

 

                                        Disability                  3

 

                                        Death (includes payments    4

 

                                         to a beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction      5

 

                                        Other                       6

 

                                        Normal IRA, SEP or DEC      7

 

                                         distributions

 

                                        Excess contributions        8

 

                                         refunded plus earnings

 

                                         on such excess

 

                                         contributions

 

                                        PS 58 Costs (See NOTE)      9

 

                                        Excess contributions        P

 

                                         refunded plus earnings

 

                                         on such excess

 

                                         contributions taxable

 

                                         in 1985

 

                                        Qualifies for 10-year       A

 

                                         averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death         B

 

                                         benefit exclusion

 

                                        Qualifies for both A and B  C

 

 

                                        NOTE: PS 58 Costs may be

 

                                        reported on Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, Form W-2P (filed with

 

                                        SSA) is preferable. Since this

 

                                        is not actually a total

 

                                        distribution, a separate "B"

 

                                        Record is required to report

 

                                        PS 58 Costs. These costs may

 

                                        not be reported in combination

 

                                        with a total distribution.

 

                                        Refer to the 1986

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, 1096, and W-2G,"

 

                                        available from IRS offices.

 

 

            Direct Sales                Use only for direct sales

 

            (Form 1099-MISC only)       reporting on Form 1099-MISC.

 

                                        If sales to the recipient of

 

                                        consumer products on a buy-

 

                                        sell, deposit-commission, or

 

                                        any other basis for resale,

 

                                        have amounted to $5,000 or

 

                                        more, ENTER "1". If you are

 

                                        filing 1099-MISC, with an

 

                                        Amount Indicator of "8" in the

 

                                        "A" Record, you must enter a

 

                                        code "1" in this field. For

 

                                        all other 1099-MISC Amount

 

                                        Codes in the "A" Record, enter

 

                                        a "0" (zero) in this field.

 

                                        (In Part C, Sec. 2,

 

                                        information concerning the

 

                                        direct sales indicator can be

 

                                        found under Amount Indicators.

 

                                        Form 1099-MISC, NOTE 1 in the

 

                                        "A" Record.) This code should

 

                                        appear in position 5. Position

 

                                        6 will be blank.

 

 

            Refund is for               Use only for reporting the tax

 

            Tax Year                    year for which the refund was

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          issued. If the payment amount

 

                                        field associated with Amount

 

                                        Indicator 2, Income Tax

 

                                        Refunds, contains a refund,

 

                                        credit or offset that is

 

                                        attributable to an income tax

 

                                        that applies exclusively to

 

                                        income from a trade or

 

                                        business and is not of general

 

                                        application, then enter the

 

                                        ALPHA equivalent of the year

 

                                        of refund from the table

 

                                        below. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                        NUMERIC Year for which the

 

                                        Refund was issued. This code

 

                                        should appear in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                         Year for which       Alpha

 

                                        Refund was Issued   Equivalent

 

                                                1                A

 

                                                2                B

 

                                                3                C

 

                                                4                D

 

                                                5                E

 

                                                6                F

 

                                                7                G

 

                                                8                H

 

                                                9                I

 

                                                0                J

 

 

 7          Blank or              1     REQUIRED. Enter blank

 

            Corrected                   (Reserved for IRS use). Mini-

 

            Return                      disk position 7 is used to

 

            Indicator                   indicate a corrected return.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for

 

                                        specific instructions on how

 

                                        to file corrected returns

 

                                        using magnetic media. IN PRIOR

 

                                        YEARS, MINI-DISK POSITION 6

 

                                        WAS USED AS THE CORRECTED

 

                                        RETURN INDICATOR. THIS HAS NOW

 

                                        CHANGED TO POSITION 7. YOU

 

                                        MUST ADJUST YOUR PROGRAMS.

 

 

 8-11       Name Control          4     REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                        letters of the surname of the

 

                                        payee. Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) letters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF

 

                                        A BUSINESS NAME, LEAVE THIS

 

                                        FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        The following examples may be

 

                                        helpful to you in developing

 

                                        the Name Control:

 

 

                                                              Name

 

                                        Name                 Control

 

                                        John Brown           BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee          LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En Sr.      EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill         ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren       VANB

 

                                        John Diben Edetto    DIBE

 

                                        Juan De Jesus        DEJE

 

                                        John A. El-Roy       EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith       SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy         MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes   TORR

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro    DALL

 

 

                                        /*/ Name Controls of less than

 

                                        four (4) significant

 

                                        characters must be left-

 

                                        justified and blank filled.

 

 

 12         Type of               1     REQUIRED. This field is used

 

            TIN                         to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 13-21 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or the reason no

 

                                        number is shown. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN   TIN  Type of Account

 

 

                                        1       EIN  A business or an

 

                                                     organization

 

                                        2       SSN  An individual

 

                                        blank   N/A  If the type of

 

                                                TIN is undeterminable,

 

                                                enter a blank. If the

 

                                                number is unobtainable

 

                                                due to legitimate

 

                                                cause; e.g., number

 

                                                applied for but not

 

                                                received, enter a

 

                                                blank.

 

 

 13-21      Taxpayer              9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). Where an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received

 

                                        or where there is any other

 

                                        legitimate cause for not

 

                                        having an identification

 

                                        number, enter blanks. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.

 

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. Any record containing

 

                                        an invalid identification

 

                                        number in this field will be

 

                                        returned for correction.

 

 

 22-31      Payer's              10     REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

            Account                     field to enter the payee's

 

            Number                      account number. The use of

 

            for Payee                   this item will facilitate easy

 

                                        reference to specific records

 

                                        in the payer's file should any

 

                                        questions arise. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                        NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. An

 

                                        account number can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (i.e.,

 

                                        checking account, savings

 

                                        account, etc.). THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT

 

                                        WITH YOU AND SHOULD BE UNIQUE

 

                                        TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC

 

                                        TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                        ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                        RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                        information will be

 

                                        particularly necessary if you

 

                                        need to file a corrected

 

                                        return. You are strongly

 

                                        encouraged to use this field.

 

                                        You may use any number that

 

                                        will help identify the

 

                                        particular transaction that

 

                                        you are reporting. If a number

 

                                        is not determinable, enter

 

                                        blanks. If fewer than ten

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        right-justify filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

            Payment                     The number of payment amounts

 

            Amount Fields               is dependent upon and must

 

            (Must be numeric)           agree with the number of

 

                                        Amount Indicators present in

 

                                        positions 19-27 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. THE FIRST PAYEE NAME

 

                                        LINE MUST APPEAR AFTER THE

 

                                        LAST PAYMENT AMOUNT INDICATED

 

                                        AS BEING USED. For example, if

 

                                        you are reporting 1099-INT and

 

                                        you used only Amount Indicator

 

                                        "3" in the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                        "A" Record, then you will only

 

                                        use one ten position payment

 

                                        amount in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record, right-justified, and

 

                                        the First Payee Name Line will

 

                                        begin in position 42. Each

 

                                        payment field that you allow

 

                                        for, or use, must contain 10

 

                                        numeric characters (see NOTE

 

                                        1). Do not provide a payment

 

                                        amount field when the

 

                                        corresponding Amount Indicator

 

                                        in the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record is blank. Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in

 

                                        dollars and cents. Do not

 

                                        enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                        decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                        PAYMENTS (except those items

 

                                        that reflect a loss on Form

 

                                        1099-B and must be negative

 

                                        overpunched in the units

 

                                        position). Example: If the

 

                                        Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "123bbbbbb", the

 

                                        Payee "B" Records must have

 

                                        only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                                        If Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "12367bbbb", the

 

                                        "B" Records must have only 5

 

                                        payment amount fields. Payment

 

                                        amounts MUST be right-

 

                                        justified and unused positions

 

                                        MUST be zero filled. Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld is not

 

                                        reported as a negative amount.

 

 

                                        NOTE 1: If any one payment

 

                                        amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                        (dollars and cents), as many

 

                                        SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                                        necessary to contain the total

 

                                        amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                        the Payee.

 

 

                                        NOTE 2: If you file 1099-MISC

 

                                        and use Amount Code "8" in the

 

                                        Amount Indicator field of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record,

 

                                        you must enter 0000000100 in

 

                                        the corresponding Payment

 

                                        Amount Field. This will not

 

                                        represent an actual money

 

                                        amount; this is an indicator

 

                                        of direct sales. (Refer to

 

                                        Part C, Sec. 2, NOTE 1, of the

 

                                        Amount Indicators, Form 1099-

 

                                        MISC, for clarification.)

 

 

 32-41      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 1                    the indicator in Position 19

 

                                        of Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                        This amount must always be

 

                                        present.

 

 

            DETERMINE AT THIS POINT THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT FIELDS TO BE

 

            REPORTED WITHIN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. THIS CAN BE

 

            DETERMINED FROM THE NUMBER OF AMOUNT INDICATORS APPEARING

 

            IN POSITIONS 19-27 OF SECTOR 1 OF THE PAYER/TRANSMITTER

 

            "A" RECORD. FOLLOWING ARE THE FORMATS FOR COMPLETING

 

            POSITIONS 42-180 OF SECTOR 1, POSITIONS 1-180 SECTOR 2 AND

 

            POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 3, IF NEEDED, OF THE PAYEE "B"

 

            RECORD. USE THE APPROPRIATE FORMAT AS REQUIRED.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-81      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 82-121     Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 43-71      Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        enter a "1" in position "43"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 72-73      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "43" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "43" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 83-126     Blank                44     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for FORM

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-91      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-126    Blank                 4     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-101     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Use

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        taxpayer identification number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-126    Blank                 4     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-111     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 112-180    Blank                69     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record                1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

            Type                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-126    Blank                 4     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FIVE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-121     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees'names who are not

 

                                        associated with the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number in

 

                                        positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                                        Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-126    Blank                 4     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SIX PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee                40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Mailing                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

            Address                     and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 43-126     Blank                84     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SEVEN PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 ----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 7                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 25, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 43-126     Blank                84     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING EIGHT PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 7                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 25, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 8                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 26, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-180    Blank                69     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF

 

                                        THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST.

 

                                        THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT

 

                                        THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE

 

                                        INTEREST AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 43-126     Blank                84     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING NINE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 7                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 25, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 8                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 26, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 9                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 27, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. NOTE: WHEN REPORTING

 

                                        FORM 1098, "MORTGAGE INTEREST

 

                                        STATEMENT," THE "A" RECORD

 

                                        WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE

 

                                        RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST. THE

 

                                        "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST

 

                                        AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 43-126     Blank                84     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    State Code            2     REQUIRED. If this payee record

 

                                        is to be forwarded to a state

 

                                        agency as part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 14.10. For

 

                                        those states NOT participating

 

                                        in this program or for Form

 

                                        1098, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 129-180    Blank                52     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUTS FOR FORMS 1098, 1099 DIV, 1099 G, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099 OID, 1099 PATR, 1099 R AND 5498

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 A

.01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form 1099 A. For detailed explanations of the 1099 A fields, request a copy of the 1986 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G" available from IRS offices.

.02 For Form 1099 A, SECTOR 3 will be required if there is more than one payment field to be reported in the Payee "B" Record.

.03 FORM 1099 A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year          2     REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                        digits of the year for which

 

                                        payments are being reported

 

                                        (e.g., if payments were made

 

                                        in 1986, enter "86"). Must be

 

                                        incremented each year.

 

 

 5-6        Document              2     REQUIRED. For Form 1099-A,

 

            Specific Code               enter blanks.

 

 

 7          Blank or              1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

            Corrected                   (Reserved for IRS use). Mini-

 

            Return                      disk position 7 is used to

 

            Indicator                   indicate a corrected return.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for

 

                                        specific instructions on how

 

                                        to file corrected returns

 

                                        using magnetic media. IN PRIOR

 

                                        YEARS, MINI-DISK POSITION 6

 

                                        WAS USED AS THE CORRECTED

 

                                        RETURN INDICATOR. THIS HAS NOW

 

                                        CHANGED TO POSITION 7. YOU

 

                                        MUST ADJUST YOUR PROGRAMS.

 

 

 8-11       Name Control          4     REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                        letters of the surname of the

 

                                        payee. Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) letters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF

 

                                        A BUSINESS NAME, LEAVE THIS

 

                                        FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        The following examples may be

 

                                        helpful to you in developing

 

                                        the Name Control:

 

 

                                                              Name

 

                                        Name                  Control

 

 

                                        John Brown            BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee           LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En Sr.       EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill          ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren        VANB

 

                                        John Diben Edetto     DIBE

 

                                        Juan De Jesus         DEJE

 

                                        John A. El-Roy        EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith        SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy          MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes    TORR

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro     DALL

 

 

                                        /*/ Name Controls of less than

 

                                        four (4) significant

 

                                        characters must be left-

 

                                        justified and blank filled.

 

 

 12         Type of               1     REQUIRED. This field is used

 

            TIN                         to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 13-21 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or the reason no

 

                                        number is shown. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                        Type of        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Account

 

                                           1     EIN   A business or

 

                                                       an organization

 

                                           2     SSN   An individual

 

                                         blank   N/A   If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

                                                       If the number

 

                                                       is unobtainable

 

                                                       due to

 

                                                       legitimate

 

                                                       cause; e.g.,

 

                                                       number applied

 

                                                       for but not

 

                                                       received, enter

 

                                                       a blank.

 

 

 13-21      Taxpayer              9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). Where an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received

 

                                        or where there is any other

 

                                        legitimate cause for not

 

                                        having an identification

 

                                        number, enter blanks. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.

 

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. Any record containing

 

                                        an invalid identifying number

 

                                        in this field will be returned

 

                                        for correction.

 

 

 22-31      Payer's              10     REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

            Account                     field to enter the payee's

 

            Number                      account number. The use of

 

            for Payee                   this item will facilitate easy

 

                                        reference to specific records

 

                                        in the payer's file should any

 

                                        questions arise. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                        NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. An

 

                                        account number can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (i.e.,

 

                                        checking account, savings

 

                                        account, etc.). THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT

 

                                        WITH YOU AND SHOULD BE UNIQUE

 

                                        TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC

 

                                        TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                        ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                        RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                        information will be

 

                                        particularly necessary if you

 

                                        need to file a corrected

 

                                        return. You are strongly

 

                                        encouraged to use this field.

 

                                        You may use any number that

 

                                        will help identify the

 

                                        particular transaction that

 

                                        you are reporting. If a number

 

                                        is not determinable, enter

 

                                        blanks. If fewer than ten

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        right-justify filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

            Payment                     The number of payment amounts

 

            Amount Fields               is dependent upon and must

 

            (Must be numeric)           agree with the number of

 

                                        Amount Indicators present in

 

                                        positions 19-27 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. The First Payee Name

 

                                        Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. For

 

                                        example, if you are reporting

 

                                        1099-INT and you used only

 

                                        Amount Indicator "3" in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record,

 

                                        then you will only use one ten

 

                                        position payment amount in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record, right-

 

 

                                        justified, and the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line will begin in

 

                                        position 42. Each payment

 

                                        field that you allow for, or

 

                                        use, must contain 10 numeric

 

                                        characters (see NOTE). Do not

 

                                        provide a payment amount field

 

                                        when the corresponding Amount

 

                                        Indicator in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                        is blank. Each payment amount

 

                                        must be entered in dollars and

 

                                        cents. Do not enter dollar

 

                                        signs, commas, decimal points,

 

                                        or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS. Example:

 

                                        If the Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "123bbbbbb", the

 

                                        Payee "B" Records must have

 

                                        only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                                        If Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "12367bbbb", the

 

                                        "B" Records must have only 5

 

                                        percent amount fields. Payment

 

                                        amounts MUST be right-

 

                                        justified and unused positions

 

                                        MUST be zero filled. Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld is not

 

                                        reported as a negative amount.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If any one payment

 

                                        amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                        (dollars and cents), as many

 

                                        SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                                        necessary to contain the total

 

                                        amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                        the Payee.

 

 

 32-41      Payment Amount 1     10     This amount is defined by the

 

                                        indicator in position 19 of

 

                                        the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record. This amount must

 

                                        always be present.

 

 

 DETERMINE AT THIS POINT THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT FIELDS TO BE REPORTED

 

 WITHIN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. THIS CAN BE DETERMINED FROM THE NUMBER

 

 OF AMOUNT INDICATORS APPEARING IN POSITIONS 19-27 OF THE

 

 PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD. FOLLOWING ARE THE FORMATS FOR

 

 COMPLETING POSITIONS 42-180 OF SECTOR 1, POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 2

 

 AND POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 3, IF NEEDED, OF THE PAYEE "B" RECORD.

 

 FOR FORM 1099-A, SECTOR 3 WILL BE REQUIRED IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE

 

 PAYMENT FIELD TO BE REPORTED IN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. USE THE

 

 APPROPRIATE FORMAT AS REQUIRED.

 

 

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-81      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 82-121     Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payee's names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. The

 

                                        address MUST be present. This

 

                                        field MUST NOT contain any

 

                                        data other than the payee's

 

                                        mailing address.

 

 

 43-71      Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "43"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 72-73      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "43" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "43" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 83-88      Lender's Date         6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            of Acquisition              Enter the date of your

 

            or Abandonment              acquisition of the secured

 

                                        property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS

 

                                        OR SLASHES.

 

 

 89         Liability             1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 90-126     Description          37     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, section, lot and

 

                                        block. For personal property,

 

                                        enter the type, make and model

 

                                        (e.g., Car-1986 Buick Regal or

 

                                        Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-91      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   must appear immediately after

 

                                        the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-82       Blank                80     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 83-88      Lender's Date         6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            of Acquisition              Enter the date of your

 

            or Abandonment              acquisition of the secured

 

                                        property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS

 

                                        OR SLASHES.

 

 

 89         Liability             1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                            1      Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                          Blank    Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 90-126     Description          37    REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

                                       Enter a brief description of

 

                                       the property. For example, for

 

                                       real property, enter the

 

                                       address, section, lot and

 

                                       block. For personal property,

 

                                       enter the type, make and model

 

                                       (e.g., Car-1986 Buick Regal or

 

                                       Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-101     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-82       Blank                80     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 83-88      Lender's Date         6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            of Acquisition              Enter the date of your

 

            or Abandonment              acquisition of the secured

 

                                        property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS

 

                                        OR SLASHES.

 

 

 89         Liability             1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from the table

 

                                        below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                            1      Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                          Blank    Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 90-126     Description          37     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, section, lot and

 

                                        block. For personal property,

 

                                        enter the type, make and model

 

                                        (e.g., Car-1986 Buick Regal or

 

                                        Office Equipment, etc.).

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT FOR FORM 1099 A

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM 1099 B

.01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form 1099 B. For detailed explanations of the 1099 B fields, request a copy of the 1986 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G" available from IRS offices.

.02 For Form 1099 B, SECTOR 3 will be required if there is more than one payment field to be reported in the Payee "B" Record.

.03 FORM 1099 B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year          2     REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                        digits of the year for which

 

                                        payments are being reported;

 

                                        e.g., if payments were made in

 

                                        1986, enter "86". Must be

 

                                        incremented each year.

 

 

 5-6        Document              2     REQUIRED. For Form 1099-B,

 

            Specific                    enter blanks.

 

            Code

 

 

 7          Blank or              1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

            Corrected                   (Reserved for IRS use.) Mini-

 

            Return                      disk position 7 is used to

 

            Indicator                   indicate a corrected return.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for

 

                                        specific instructions on how

 

                                        to file corrected returns

 

                                        using magnetic media. IN PRIOR

 

                                        YEARS, MINI-DISK POSITION 6

 

                                        WAS USED AS THE CORRECTED

 

                                        RETURN INDICATOR. THIS HAS NOW

 

                                        CHANGED TO POSITION 7. YOU

 

                                        MUST ADJUST YOUR PROGRAMS.

 

 

 8-11       Name Control          4     REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                        letters of the surname of the

 

                                        payee. Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) letters should be

 

                                        left-justified filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF

 

                                        A BUSINESS NAME, LEAVE THIS

 

                                        FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        The following examples may be

 

                                        helpful to you in developing

 

                                        the Name Control:

 

 

                                        Name                 Name

 

                                                             Control

 

 

                                        John Brown           BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee          LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En Sr.      EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill         ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren       VANB

 

                                        John Diben Edetto    DIBE

 

                                        Juan De Jesus        DEJE

 

                                        John A. El-Roy       EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith       SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy         MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes   TORR

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro    DALL

 

 

                                        /*/ Name Controls of less than

 

                                        four (4) significant

 

                                        characters must be left-

 

                                        justified and blank filled.

 

 

 12         Type of               1     REQUIRED. This field is used

 

            TIN                         to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 13-21 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or the reason no

 

                                        number is shown. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                         TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

 

                                          1     EIN   A business or

 

                                                      an organization

 

                                          2     SSN   An individual

 

                                        blank   N/A   If the type of

 

                                                      TIN is

 

                                                      undeterminable,

 

                                                      enter a blank.

 

                                                      If the number is

 

                                                      unobtainable due

 

                                                      to legitimate

 

                                                      cause; e.g.,

 

                                                      number applied

 

                                                      for but not

 

                                                      received, enter

 

                                                      a blank.

 

 

 13-21      Taxpayer              9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). Where an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received

 

                                        or where there is any other

 

                                        legitimate cause for not

 

                                        having an identification

 

                                        number, enter blanks. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.

 

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. Any record containing

 

                                        an invalid identifying number

 

                                        in this field will be returned

 

                                        for correction.

 

 

 22-31      Payer's              10     REQUIRED. Payer must use this

 

            Account                     field to enter the payee's

 

            Number                      account number. The use of

 

            for Payee                   this item will facilitate easy

 

                                        reference to specific records

 

                                        in the payer's file should any

 

                                        questions arise. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                        NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. An

 

                                        account number can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (i.e.,

 

                                        checking account, savings

 

                                        account, etc.). THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT

 

                                        WITH YOU AND SHOULD BE UNIQUE

 

                                        TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC

 

                                        TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                        ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                        RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                        information will be

 

                                        particularly necessary if you

 

                                        need to file a corrected

 

                                        return. You are strongly

 

                                        encouraged to use this field.

 

                                        You may use any number that

 

                                        will help identify the

 

                                        particular transaction that

 

                                        you are reporting. If a number

 

                                        is not determinable, enter

 

                                        blanks. If fewer than ten

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        right-justify filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

            Payment                     The number of payment amounts

 

            Amount Fields               is dependent upon and must

 

            (Must be numeric)           agree with the number of

 

                                        Amount Indicators present in

 

                                        positions 19-27 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. The First Payee Name

 

                                        Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. For example, if

 

                                        you are reporting 1099-INT and

 

                                        you used only Amount Indicator

 

                                        "3" in the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                        "A" Record, then you will only

 

                                        use one ten position payment

 

                                        amount in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record, right-justified, and

 

                                        the First Payee Name Line will

 

                                        begin in position 42. Each

 

 

                                        payment field that you allow

 

                                        for, or use, must contain 10

 

                                        numeric characters (see NOTE).

 

                                        Do not provide a payment

 

                                        amount field when the

 

                                        corresponding Amount Indicator

 

                                        in the Payer/ Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Record is blank. Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in

 

                                        dollars and cents. Do not

 

                                        enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                        decimal points, or NEGATIVE

 

                                        PAYMENTS (except those items

 

                                        that reflect a loss on Form

 

                                        1099-B and must be negative

 

                                        overpunched in the units

 

                                        position). Example: If the

 

                                        Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "123bbbbbb", the

 

                                        Payee "B" Records must have

 

                                        only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                                        If Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "12367bbbb", the

 

                                        "B" Records must have only 5

 

                                        payment amount fields. Payment

 

                                        amounts MUST be right-

 

                                        justified and unused positions

 

                                        MUST be zero filled. Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld is not

 

                                        reported as a negative amount.

 

                                        NOTE: If any one payment

 

                                        amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                        (dollars and cents), as many

 

                                        SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                                        necessary to contain the total

 

                                        amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                        the Payee.

 

 

 32-41      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 1                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 19 of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                        This amount must always be

 

                                        present.

 

 

 DETERMINE AT THIS POINT THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT FIELDS TO BE REPORTED

 

 WITHIN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. THIS CAN BE DETERMINED FROM THE NUMBER

 

 OF AMOUNT INDICATORS APPEARING IN POSITIONS 19-27 OF SECTOR 1 OF THE

 

 PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD. FOLLOWING ARE THE FORMATS FOR

 

 COMPLETING POSITIONS 42-180 OF SECTOR 1, POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 2,

 

 AND POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 3, OF THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. FOR FORM

 

 1099-B, SECTOR 3 WILL BE REQUIRED IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE PAYMENT

 

 FIELD TO BE REPORTED IN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. USE THE APPROPRIATE

 

 FORMAT AS REQUIRED.

 

 

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-81      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 82-121     Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. The

 

                                        address MUST be present. This

 

                                        field MUST NOT contain any

 

                                        data other than the payee's

 

                                        mailing address.

 

 

 43-71      Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "43"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 72-73      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "43" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "43" in the Payee

 

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 83-85      Blank                 3     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator    Usage

 

                                        S            Date of Sale is

 

                                                     the actual

 

                                                     settlement date

 

                                        blank        Date of Sale is

 

                                                     the trade date or

 

                                                     this is an

 

                                                     aggregate

 

                                                     transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description

 

                                        of the item or services for

 

                                        which the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required, left

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-91      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-85       Blank                83     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator Usage

 

                                        S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  actual settlement

 

                                                  date

 

                                        blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  trade date or this

 

                                                  is an aggregate

 

                                                  transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-101     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-85       Blank                83     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator Usage

 

                                        S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  actual settlement

 

                                                  date

 

                                        blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  trade date or this

 

                                                  is an aggregate

 

                                                  transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FOUR PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment Amount 2     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment Amount 3     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment Amount 4     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-111     First Payee Name     40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Line                        Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payee should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 112-180    Blank                69     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence       1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee Name    40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Line                        requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State          2      REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP Code       9      REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence       1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-85       Blank                83     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator Usage

 

                                        S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  actual settlement

 

                                                  date

 

                                        blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  trade date or this

 

                                                  is an aggregate

 

                                                  transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required, left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FIVE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment Amount 2     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment Amount 3     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment Amount 4     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment Amount 5     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-121     First Payee Name     40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Line                        Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence       1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee Name    40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Line                        requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State          2      REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-85       Blank                83     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator Usage

 

                                        S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  actual settlement

 

                                                  date

 

                                        blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  trade date or this

 

                                                  is an aggregate

 

                                                  transaction.

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required, left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SIX PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3." Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1."

 

 

 43-85      Blank                43     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Data of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below.

 

 

                                        Indicator Usage

 

                                        S         Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  actual settlement

 

                                                  date

 

                                        blank     Date of Sale is the

 

                                                  trade date or this

 

                                                  is an aggregate

 

                                                  transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade date or the

 

                                        actual settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required, left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING SEVEN PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 5                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 23, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 6                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 24, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 7                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 25, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear after the

 

                                        last payment amount indicated

 

                                        as being used. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. Enter the name of the

 

                                        payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 43-82      Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners),

 

                                        this field may be used for

 

                                        those payees' names who are

 

                                        not associated with the

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 83-122     Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sector making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-31       Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "3"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 32-33      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "3" of the Payee City

 

                                        field.

 

 

 34-42      Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "3" in the Payee City

 

                                        field is a "1".

 

 

 43-85      Blank                43     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 86         Date of Sale          1     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

 

            Indicator                   Enter appropriate indicator

 

                                        from table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                        S           Date of Sale is

 

                                                    the actual

 

                                                    settlement date

 

                                        blank       Date of Sale is

 

                                                    the trade date or

 

                                                    this is an

 

                                                    aggregate

 

                                                    transaction

 

 

 87-92      Date of Sale          6     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the trade or the actual

 

                                        settlement date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY. Enter blanks if this

 

                                        is an aggregate transaction.

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 93-100     CUSIP No.             8     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the items reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. For CUSIP numbers

 

                                        with more than 8 characters,

 

                                        supply the first 8.

 

 

 101-126    Description          26     REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 26

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        regulated futures contracts,

 

                                        enter RFC. Enter blanks if

 

                                        this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                 54    REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT FOR FORM 1099 B

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORDS-FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR FORM W 2G

.01 This section contains the general payment information from individual statements for Form W 2G. For detailed explanations of the W 2G fields, request a copy of the 1986 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, 1096, and W 2G," available from IRS offices.

.02 When reporting information for Form W 2G, the Payee "B" Records must contain 3 Sectors.

.03 FORM W 2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL / STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year          2     REQUIRED. Must be the last two

 

                                        digits of the year for which

 

                                        payments are being reported;

 

                                        e.g., if payments were made in

 

                                        1986, enter "86." Must be

 

                                        incremented each year.

 

 

 5-6        Document              1     REQUIRED for Form W-2G.

 

            Specific

 

            Code

 

 

            Type of Wager               Use only for reporting the

 

            (Form W-2G only)            Type of Wager on Form W-2G.

 

                                        This code will appear in mini-

 

                                        disk position 5. Position 6

 

                                        will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or Off    1

 

                                         Track Betting of a Horse

 

                                         Track nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or Off      2

 

                                         Track Betting of a Dog

 

                                         Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                    3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery     4

 

                                        Keno                        5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. DO NOT   6

 

                                         use this code for any

 

                                         other type of Bingo

 

                                         winnings; i.e., Church,

 

                                         Fire Dept., etc.

 

                                        Slot Machines               7

 

                                        Any other types of          8

 

                                        gambling winnings. This

 

                                        includes Church Bingo,

 

                                        Fire Dept. Bingo, unlabeled

 

                                        winnings, etc.

 

 

 7          Blank or              1     REQUIRED. Enter blank.

 

            Corrected                   (Reserved for IRS use.) Mini-

 

            Return                      disk position 7 is used to

 

            Indicator                   indicate a corrected return.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 10 for

 

                                        specific instructions on how

 

                                        to file corrected returns

 

                                        using magnetic media. IN PRIOR

 

                                        YEARS, MINI-DISK POSITION 6

 

                                        WAS USED AS THE CORRECTED

 

                                        RETURN INDICATOR. YOU MUST

 

                                        ADJUST YOUR PROGRAMS.

 

 

 8-11       Name Control          4     REQUIRED. Enter the first 4

 

                                        letters of the surname of the

 

                                        payee. Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) letters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF

 

                                        A BUSINESS NAME, LEAVE THIS

 

                                        FIELD BLANK. A dash (-) or

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        The following examples may be

 

                                        helpful to you in developing

 

                                        the Name Control:

 

 

                                                               Name

 

                                        Name                   Control

 

 

                                        John Brown             BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee            LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En Sr.        EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill           ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren         VANB

 

                                        John Diben Edetto      DIBE

 

                                        Juan De Jesus          DEJE

 

                                        John A. El-Roy         EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith         SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy           MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes     TORR

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro      DALL

 

 

                                        /*/ Name Controls of less than

 

                                        four (4) significant

 

                                        characters must be left-

 

                                        justified and blank filled.

 

 

 12         Type of TIN           1     REQUIRED. This field is used

 

                                        to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 13-21 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or the reason no

 

                                        number is shown. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

 

                                           1     EIN   A business or

 

                                                       an organization

 

                                           2    SSN    An individual

 

                                         blank  N/A    If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

                                                       If the number

 

                                                       is unobtainable

 

                                                       due to

 

                                                       legitimate

 

                                                       cause; e.g.,

 

                                                       number applied

 

                                                       for but not

 

                                                       received, enter

 

                                                       a blank.

 

 

 13-21      Taxpayer              9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the Payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). Where an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received

 

                                        or where there is any other

 

                                        legitimate cause for not

 

                                        having an identification

 

                                        number, enter blanks. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 11.

 

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s or ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. Any record containing

 

                                        an invalid identifying number

 

                                        in this field will be returned

 

                                        for correction.

 

 

 22-31      Payer's Account      10     REQUIRED. Payer may use this

 

            Number for                  field to enter the payee's

 

            Payee                       account number. The use of

 

                                        this item will facilitate easy

 

                                        reference to specific records

 

                                        in the payer's file should any

 

                                        questions arise. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

 

                                        NUMBER IN THIS FIELD. An

 

                                        account number can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (i.e.,

 

                                        checking account, savings

 

                                        account, etc.). THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT

 

                                        WITH YOU AND SHOULD BE UNIQUE

 

                                        TO IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC

 

                                        TRANSACTION MADE WITH THE

 

                                        ORGANIZATION, SHOULD MULTIPLE

 

                                        RETURNS BE FILED. This

 

                                        information will be

 

                                        particularly necessary if you

 

                                        need to file a corrected

 

                                        return. You are strongly

 

                                        encouraged to use this field.

 

                                        You may use any number that

 

                                        will help identify the

 

                                        particular transaction that

 

                                        you are reporting. If a number

 

                                        is not determinable, enter

 

                                        blanks. If fewer than ten

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        right-justify filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              The number of payment

 

            Fields                      amounts is dependent upon and

 

            (Must be numeric)           must agree with the number of

 

                                        Amount Indicators present in

 

                                        positions 19-27 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. The First Payee Name

 

                                        Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. For

 

                                        example, if you are reporting

 

                                        1099-INT and you used only

 

                                        Amount Indicator "3" in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record,

 

                                        then you will only use one ten

 

                                        position payment amount in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record, right-

 

                                        justified, and the First Payee

 

 

                                        Name Line will begin in

 

                                        position 42. Each payment

 

                                        field that you allow for, or

 

                                        use, must contain 10 numeric

 

                                        characters (see NOTE). Do not

 

                                        provide a payment amount field

 

                                        when the corresponding Amount

 

                                        Indicator in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                        is blank. Each payment amount

 

                                        must be entered in dollars and

 

                                        cents. Do not enter dollar

 

                                        signs, commas, decimal points,

 

                                        or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS. Example:

 

                                        If the Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "123bbbbbb", the

 

                                        Payee "B" Records must have

 

                                        only 3 payment amount fields.

 

                                        If Amount Indicators are

 

                                        reflected as "12367bbbb", the

 

                                        "B" Records must have only 5

 

                                        payment amount fields. Payment

 

                                        amounts MUST be right-

 

                                        justified and unused portions

 

                                        MUST be zero filled. Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld is not

 

                                        reported as a negative amount.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If any one payment

 

                                        amount exceeds "9999999999"

 

                                        (dollars and cents), as many

 

                                        SEPARATE Payee "B" Records as

 

                                        necessary to contain the total

 

                                        amount MUST be submitted for

 

                                        the Payee.

 

 

 32-41      Payment Amount 1     10     This amount is identified by

 

                                        the indicator in position 19

 

                                        of Sector 1 of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                        This amount must always be

 

                                        present.

 

 

            DETERMINE AT THIS POINT THE NUMBER OF PAYMENT FIELDS TO BE

 

            REPORTED WITHIN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD. THIS CAN BE

 

            DETERMINED FROM THE NUMBER OF AMOUNT INDICATORS APPEARING

 

            IN POSITIONS 19-27 OF SECTOR 1 OF THE PAYER/TRANSMITTER

 

            "A" RECORD. FOLLOWING ARE THE FORMATS FOR COMPLETING

 

            POSITIONS 42-180 OF SECTOR 1, POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 2

 

            AND POSITIONS 1-180 OF SECTOR 3, IF NEEDED, OF THE PAYEE

 

            "B" RECORD. WHEN REPORTING INFORMATION FOR FORM W-2G,

 

            THREE SECTORS MUST BE USED TO MAKE UP A PAYEE "B" RECORD.

 

            USE THE APPROPRIATE FORMAT AS REQUIRED.

 

 

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING ONE PAYMENT FIELD)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-81      First Payee Name     40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Line                        Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 82-121     Second Payee Name    40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Line                        requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners) this

 

                                        field may be used for those

 

                                        payee's names who are not

 

                                        associated with the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number in

 

                                        positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                                        Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 122-180    Blank                59     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence       1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 43-71      Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "43"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 72-73      Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        the field for state or country

 

                                        information only. If the code

 

                                        used is for a foreign country,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "43"

 

                                        of the Payee City field.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code        9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "43" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 83-180     Blank                98     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-60       Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 61-66      Date Won              6     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in MMDDYY format. This

 

                                        is not the date the money was

 

                                        paid, if paid after the date

 

                                        of the race (or game). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 67-81      Transaction          15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the ticket

 

                                        number, card number (and

 

                                        color, if applicable), machine

 

                                        serial number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 82-86      Race                  5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        The race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 87-91      Cashier               5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials of

 

                                        the cashier and/or the window

 

                                        number making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 92-96      Window                5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the location of

 

                                        the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 97-111     First ID             15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 112-126    Second ID            15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING TWO PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-91      First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 92-180     Blank                89     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees,) e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners) this

 

                                        field may be used for those

 

                                        payees' names who are not

 

                                        associated with the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number in

 

                                        positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                                        Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-60       Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 61-66      Date Won              6     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in MMDDYY format. This

 

                                        is not the date the money was

 

                                        paid, if paid after the date

 

                                        of the race (or game). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 67-81      Transaction          15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the ticket

 

                                        number, card number (and

 

                                        color, if applicable), machine

 

                                        serial number, or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 82-86      Race                  5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        The race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 87-91      Cashier               5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials

 

                                        of the cashier and/or the

 

                                        window number making the

 

                                        winning payment. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 92-96      Window                5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the location of

 

                                        the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 97-111     First ID             15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 112-126    Second ID            15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING THREE PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-101     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        on positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the

 

                                        name, of the payee whose

 

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                        has been provided should be

 

                                        entered in this field. The

 

                                        names of the other payees

 

                                        should be entered in the

 

                                        Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

 102-180    Blank                79     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners) this

 

                                        field may be used for those

 

                                        payees' names who are not

 

                                        associated with the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number in

 

                                        positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                                        Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code is used for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-60       Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 61-66      Date Won              6     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in MMDDYY format. This

 

                                        is not the date the money was

 

                                        paid, if paid after the date

 

                                        of the race (or game). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 67-81      Transaction          15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the ticket

 

                                        number, card number (and

 

                                        color, if applicable), machine

 

                                        serial number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 82-86      Race                  5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        The race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 87-91      Cashier               5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials

 

                                        of the cashier and/or the

 

                                        window number making the

 

                                        winning payment. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 92-96      Window                5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the location of

 

                                        the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 97-111     First ID             15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 112-126    Second ID            15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (USING FOUR PAYMENT FIELDS)

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-51      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 2                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 20, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 52-61      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 3                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 21, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment              10     This amount is identified by

 

            Amount 4                    the amount indicator in

 

                                        position 22, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-111     First Payee          40     REQUIRED. The First Payee Name

 

            Name Line                   Line must appear immediately

 

                                        after the last payment amount

 

                                        indicated as being used. Do

 

                                        not enter address information

 

                                        in this field. Enter the name

 

                                        of the payee (preferably

 

                                        surname first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number appears

 

                                        in positions 13-21 of Sector

 

                                        1. If fewer than 40 characters

 

                                        are required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field below. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees should be entered

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 112-180    Blank                69     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-42       Second Payee         40     REQUIRED. If the payee name

 

            Name Line                   requires more space than is

 

                                        available in the First Payee

 

                                        Name Line, enter the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name only in

 

                                        this field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, (e.g.,

 

                                        partners or joint owners) this

 

                                        field may be used for those

 

                                        payees' names who are not

 

                                        associated with the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number in

 

                                        positions 13-21 of Sector 1.

 

                                        Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 43-82      Payee Mailing        40     REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 83-111     Payee City           29     REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        left-justified and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field. (If the payee lives

 

                                        outside of the United States,

 

                                        insert a "1" in position "83"

 

                                        of this field and spell out

 

                                        the name of the city in the

 

                                        remaining positions.)

 

 

 112-113    Payee State           2     REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        foreign country. You MUST use

 

                                        valid U.S. Postal Service

 

                                        abbreviations as shown in the

 

                                        table in Part A, Sec. 16. Use

 

                                        this field for state or

 

                                        country information only. If

 

                                        the code used is for a foreign

 

                                        country, insert a "1" in

 

                                        position "83" of the Payee

 

                                        City field.

 

 

 114-122    Payee ZIP             9     REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as

 

                                        position "83" in the Payee

 

                                        City field is a "1".

 

 

 123-180    Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Service PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "B". Must be

 

                                        the second position of each

 

                                        PAYEE Record.

 

 

 3-60       Blank                58     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

 61-66      Date Won              6     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in MMDDYY format. This

 

                                        is not the date the money was

 

                                        paid, if paid after the date

 

                                        of the race (or game). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 67-81      Transaction          15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the ticket

 

                                        number, card number (and

 

                                        color, if applicable), machine

 

                                        serial number of any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 82-86      Race                  5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        The race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 87-91      Cashier               5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials

 

                                        of the cashier and/or the

 

                                        window number making the

 

                                        winning payment. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 92-96      Window                5     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the location of

 

                                        the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 97-111     First ID             15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 112-126    Second ID            15     REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 127-180    Blank                54     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT FOR FORM W-2G

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

.01 The Control total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

.02 The End of Payer "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer.

.03 The "C" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer. The "C" Record must be written after the last Payee "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.04 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Total 1, 2, and 3 of the "C" Record. Positions 53-142 would be zero filled and position 143-180 would be blank filled in this example.

.05 Payers / Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record and must enter the totals on the transmittal, Form 4804 and 4802 or computer generated substitute, which will accompany the shipment. The lines used on Forms 4804 and 4802 to record payment amounts correspond with the Amount Codes used in the "A" Record. These forms have been updated for 1986.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

 2-7        Number of Payees      6     REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of Payee "B" Records

 

                                        covered by the preceding

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 8-22       Control Total 1      15     REQUIRED. Please note that all

 

                                        Control Total fields have been

 

                                        expanded from 12 to 15

 

                                        positions. Enter accumulated

 

                                        totals from payment amount 1.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill

 

                                        each Control Total amount. IF

 

                                        LESS THAN NINE AMOUNT FIELDS

 

                                        ARE BEING REPORTED, ZERO FILL

 

                                        UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

            If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present in

 

            the Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate

 

            Control Total field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL

 

            FIELDS. Please note that all Control Total field have been

 

            expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

 

 23-37      Control              15

 

            Total 2

 

 38-52      Control              15

 

            Total 3

 

 53-67      Control              15

 

            Total 4

 

 68-82      Control              15

 

            Total 5

 

 83-97      Control              15

 

            Total 6

 

 98-112     Control              15

 

            Total 7

 

 113-157    Control              15

 

            Total 8

 

 128-142    Control              15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 143-180    Blank                38     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

.01 The Control Total fields have been expanded from 12 to 15 positions. Adjust your programs accordingly.

.02 The State Totals "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal / State Filing Program, used ONLY when State Reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.05 Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 

 2-7        Number of             6     REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of Payee "B" Records

 

                                        being coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 8-22       Control              15     REQUIRED. Please note that all

 

            Total 1                     Control Total fields have been

 

                                        expanded from 12 to 15

 

                                        positions. Enter accumulated

 

                                        total from Payment Amount 1.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill

 

                                        each Control Total amount. IF

 

                                        LESS THAN NINE AMOUNT FIELDS

 

                                        ARE BEING REPORTED, ZERO FILL

 

                                        UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS.

 

 

            If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present in

 

            the Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate

 

            Control Total field. ZERO FILL UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL

 

            FIELDS. Please note that all Control Total fields have

 

            been expanded from 12 to 15 positions.

 

 

 23-37      Control              15

 

            Total 2

 

 38-52      Control              15

 

            Total 3

 

 53-67      Control              15

 

            Total 4

 

 68-82      Control              15

 

            Total 5

 

 83-97      Control              15

 

            Total 6

 

 98-112     Control              15

 

            Total 7

 

 113-127    Control              15

 

            Total 8

 

 128-142    Control              15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 143-178    Blank                36     REQUIRED. Reserved for IRS

 

                                        use. Enter blanks.

 

 

 179-180    State Code            2     REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

                                        assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        Refer to Part A, Sec. 14.10.

 

 

SEC. 16. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 17. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

.01 The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers and mini-disks in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

                    END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Mini-Disk

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 

 2-5        Number of             4     REQUIRED. You may enter the

 

            "A" Records                 total number of

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Records

 

                                        in this transmission. Right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill or

 

                                        enter all zeros.

 

 

 6-8        Number of             3     REQUIRED. You may enter the

 

            Mini-Disks                  total number of mini-disks in

 

                                        this transmission. Right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill or

 

                                        enter all zeros.

 

 

 9-30       Zero                 22     REQUIRED. Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-180     Blank               150     REQUIRED. Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 18. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

PART D. BURROUGHS SUPER MINIDISK II SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The Burroughs Super Mini-Disk II is a flexible mylar disk with an iron oxide coating. The disk is 8 inches (20.3 cm) in diameter with a 1.5 inch (3.8 cm) center hole.

.02 There is one Index Hole which is used to indicate the beginning of a track on each side of the disk.

.03 Recorded data is encoded using the Miller Frequency Mode (MFM) technique. Data transferred between the disk and the processor in NOT encoded in any way. Serial data is written to the disk in a 180 byte sector format.

.04 Maximum bit density is 71 bits per inch.

.05 Track density is 150 tracks per inch.

.06 Data bytes per sector are 180.

.07 Data sectors per track are 60.

.08 Surfaces per disks are 2.

.09 When initialling the mini-disk, the name IRSTAX should be assigned to the mini-disk.

.10 The file name in the, mini-disk header label should be FEDMINI.

SEC. 2 THROUGH SEC. 18

See Super Mini-Disk Specifications contained in Part C of this Revenue Procedure.

DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Copy RID